Contact delivers solid financial performance
16 August 2021
Contact delivers solid financial performance to
support renewable generation investment
Twelve months ended
30 June 2021
(FY21)
Twelve months ended
30 June 2020
(FY20)
EBITDAF
1
$553m
↑
24% from $446m
2
Profit
$187m
↑
50% from $125m
Profit per share
25.3 cps
↑
45% from 17.5 cps
Operating free cash flow
3
$371m
↑
28% from $290m
Operating free cash flow per share
50.2 cps
↑
24% from 40.4 cps
Dividend declared
$272m
↓
3% from $280m
Dividend declared per share
35.0 cps
↓
10% from 39.0 cps
Stay-in-business (SIB) capital expenditure (cash)
$61m
↑
20% from $51m
Growth capital expenditure (cash)
$76m
↑
55% from $49m
Strategic investments (cash)
$40m
↑
471% from $7m
Highlights
• Launched Contact26 strategy focused on leading New Zealand’s
decarbonisation by connecting customers with our renewable energy
development pipeline.
- Development of new 152 megawatt Tauhara geothermal power station on
track after $580m investment approved in February.
- Completed $400m equity raise to support the Tauhara project and the
significant expected medium-term growth capital investment programme.
- Milestone of 50,000 broadband connections reached after rapid growth
this year. Average electricity tariff to mass market electricity customers
only up by 1.4% on FY20 despite sustained higher wholesale prices.
- Ongoing strategic review of thermal assets, including ‘Thermal Co’
proposal to reduce New Zealand’s cost and carbon intensity of thermal
generation while ensuring security of supply.
1
Refer to slide 48 of Contact’s FY21 Investor Results Presentation for a definition and reconciliation of the non-GAAP measure
EBITDAF
2
Restated to account for the removal of the significant items classification previously excluded from EBITDAF
3
Refer to slide 21 of Contact’s FY21 Investor Results Presentation for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow
- Southern Green Hydrogen project launched with Meridian Energy to
assess New Zealand’s near-term hydrogen potential.
• Guided by our tikanga and pricing principles, we proactively worked with
customers that were struggling to pay their bills, helping reduce both
disconnections and bad debt.
• Solid financial performance, with operating earnings (EBITDAF) up 24%
year-on-year to $553m and profit up by 50% to $187m.
- Underpinned by strong asset availability and a disciplined approach to
managing fuel in FY20 to support the market in FY21.
- Final dividend of 21 cents per share will be paid on 15 September
2021, bringing the full year declared dividend to $272m.
New Zealand’s largest privately-owned energy company Contact Energy (‘Contact’)
released its full year financial results for the 12 months to 30 June 2021 (‘FY21’) this
morning.
Contact Chair Rob McDonald said Contact had delivered a “solid” financial result.
“Contact has performed ahead of expectations after successfully navigating the
potential departure of major energy users, short-term issues around low rainfall in the
hydro catchments, and ongoing challenges around reliable gas supply. FY21 has been
a year in which we have continued to deliver solid returns for our shareholders and
made significant moves to ensure the company is well-positioned for the future by
spending $177m on capital investments.”
The results are underpinned by Contact’s “decisive” channel management, as it
supported fuel-constrained competitors with its flexible portfolio of gas-fired and
renewable assets.
Mr McDonald said the company had refreshed its strategy and was on a path to
invest to meet the anticipated market growth for low-cost renewable generation.
“Contact is preparing for a time of significant change and is positioned for growth as
we focus on leading New Zealand’s decarbonisation. It’s pleasing to see evidence of
the strategy in action in significant ways too.
“This includes investigating the potential for hydrogen production in the lower South
Island, the development of the world-class Tauhara geothermal power station in the
central North Island, and the $400m equity raise for our capital investment
programme as we look ahead to further renewable generation developments.”
He said it was pleasing to deliver investors a 35 cents per share annual dividend, down
slightly from 39 cents per share in FY20. “This is in line with the dividend policy we
updated in February this year where we target a pay-out ratio of between 80 per cent
and 100 per cent of the average operating free cash flow of the preceding four financial
years.”
Financial performance
CEO Mike Fuge said Contact had reported a statutory profit for FY21 of $187m, up
from $125m a year ago. Operating earnings were up by $107m on FY20, partially
offset by increased depreciation on thermal generation stations and higher tax to pay
on the improved financial performance.
“We’ve done an excellent job in securing gas supply to ensure we could continue to
generate electricity when renewable generation options were constrained by weather
for most of the second half of the year.
“We expect there’ll be continued reliance on higher cost fuel sources over the short-
term, but these will be displaced over the next few years as more than three terawatt
hours of low-carbon, renewable generation plants come on stream, including our
geothermal development at Tauhara.”
Contact’s operating free cash flow for FY21 was $371m, up 28 per cent on FY20 on
higher operating earnings and lower interest costs. This was partially offset by higher
stay-in-business capital spending to support scheduled four-yearly geothermal
outages.
Strategy in action
Mr Fuge said the company had undertaken “a significant strategic reset” and the new
strategy communicated in the second half of FY21 signalled an exciting new chapter
for Contact.
“At the heart of this is our commitment to building a better New Zealand by growing
demand for renewable electricity, developing our renewable electricity generation
options, decarbonising our own portfolio and creating outstanding experiences for
our customers.”
He said the company had hit the ground running in terms of delivering on the
strategy. “We’re obviously very excited about the development under way at
Tauhara, but it does not stop here. The capital raise gives us the flexibility to execute
on up to $800m of additional projects and we are actively looking at how we can
bring more geothermal development forward in response to customer demand for
our renewable electricity.
“We’re also under way with delivering innovative projects that increase generation
efficiency from our existing assets and exploring opportunities around geothermal,
wind, solar and the potential for further green electricity flexibility, including grid-scale
batteries.”
He said Contact had also made sensible investments where it saw opportunities that
would play an important role in New Zealand’s transition to a low-carbon future.
“For example, we established our exclusive partnership with wind generation experts
Roaring40s to develop a pipeline of large-scale wind generation assets, acquired
specialist geothermal service company Western Energy to drive efficiency, and we’re
very optimistic about the role our subsidiary Simply Energy can play in helping
customers decarbonise their businesses.”
Mr Fuge said Contact would continue to increase customer connections by
expanding into new products and services and had recently celebrated the milestone
of 50,000 broadband connections.
People
There was one change to the Contact Board in FY21 with the departure of
independent director Whaimutu Dewes in March 2021, after more than 10 years as
an independent director.
Mr Dewes was replaced by new independent director Rukumoana Schaafhausen.
She holds a range of governance roles at various organisations and has strong iwi
connections and experience. Mr McDonald said: “We are delighted to have her
strong values, diverse thinking, and passion for Aotearoa on the Contact Board.”
Independent director Dame Therese Walsh will also leave the Contact Board this
month to focus on her other governance roles. She will be replaced by Sandra
Dodds who joins on 1 September 2021.
Mr McDonald acknowledged the contributions of the two departing directors. “Both
Whaimutu and Dame Therese have made considerable contributions to Contact and
I would like to thank them both very much for their leadership, and wish them both
well.”
There have also been changes to the Contact leadership team this year. Jacqui
Nelson was appointed as Chief Generation Officer in July 2020, after more than 15
years at Contact in a wide range of roles across finance, resource management,
trading and operations. And in April 2021, Jack Ariel joined in a new role as General
Manager, Major Projects.
Chief Customer Officer Vena Crawley left Contact in April 2021 and last month
deputy CEO James Kilty finished up at Contact ahead of his new role as CEO at
electricity distributor Powerco.
Mr Fuge said: “On behalf of the Contact whānau, I would like to thank both James
and Vena and wish them all the best for the future.”
Outlook
Mr Fuge said there was “no doubt” flexible thermal generation would still be required
as the New Zealand electricity sector moves toward the Government’s goal of being
100 per cent renewable.
“As an industry we will need work together to expedite sensible decarbonisation, while
maintaining security of supply and affordability.”
Contact is leading the market in delivering emission reductions. This included a 'gas
tolling' deal with Nova Energy to use Contact’s more efficient thermal generation
leading to a net reduction in carbon emissions, and a recent power purchase
agreement with Genesis Energy that will further reduce New Zealand's reliance on
fossil fuels.
The company was also engaging with a range of stakeholders about an option to
consolidate New Zealand’s thermal generation arrangements into one entity. “We
believe consolidating thermal assets could optimise electricity generation from coal
and gas-fired plants in ways that are aligned with New Zealand's emission reduction
objectives, and also ensure affordable and stable electricity supply.”
Mr Fuge said Contact was looking forward to FY22 and beyond. “We understand the
critical role that the electricity sector is set to play in reducing emissions and minimising
climate change across the New Zealand economy over the next decade, as laid out in
the Climate Change Commission’s recent advice to the Government. Our response is
unequivocal: we are up for the challenge.
“We’re a strong company with a clear strategy and a host of opportunities in front of
us. We have a robust balance sheet, a portfolio of high quality and flexible assets and
a very capable team. We’re excited about the future.”
-ends-
Additional information:
- Investor presentation [link]
- Investor webcast [link]
- FY21 Integrated Report [link]
Contacts:
- Investor enquiries: Matt Forbes, matthew.forbes@contactenergy.co.nz, +64
21 072 8578
- Media enquiries: Paul Ford, paul.ford@contactenergy.co.nz, Ph +64 21 809
589
---
1
2021 Full Year Results Presentation
Twelve months ended 30 June 2021
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
2
Disclaimer and important information
This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to the
financial condition, results of operations and business of Contact. Forward-looking
statements can generally be identified by the use of words such as 'project', 'foresee',
'plan', 'expect', 'aim', 'intend', 'anticipate', 'believe', 'estimate', 'may', 'should', 'will' or
similar expressions. Forward-looking statements in this presentation include
statements regarding sustainability and ESG targets, retail gas tariffs, future financial
performance and changes to climate change regulations.
Any indications of, or guidance or outlook on, future earnings or financial position or
performance and future distributions are also forward-looking statements. All such
forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, significant
uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which are
outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of
Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak
only as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation
(including the NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no
obligation to update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances
that occur subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current
any of the information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events
that may occur in the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income
and performance) are based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information
available as of the date of this presentation. A number of factors could cause actual
results or performance to vary materially from the projections, including the risk
factors set out in the Investor Presentation "Tauhara investment and capital
management plan". Investors should consider the forward-looking statements in this
presentation in light of those risks and disclosures.
You are strongly cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking
statements, particularly in light of the current economic climate and the significant
volatility, uncertainty and disruption caused in relation to the Company and otherwise
by the COVID-19 pandemic.
Actual results may differ materially from those stated in any forward-looking statement
based on a number of important factors and risks.
Although management may indicate and believe that the assumptions underlying the
forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions could prove
inaccurate or incorrect and, therefore, there can be no assurance that the results
contemplated in the forward-looking statements will be realised.
EBITDAF, free cash flow and operating free cash flow are financial measures that are
"non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial information" under
Guidance Note 2017: 'Disclosing non-GAAP financial information' published by the New
Zealand Financial Markets Authority, "non-IFRS financial information" under ASIC
Regulatory Guide 230: 'Disclosing non-IFRS financial information' and "non-GAAP
financial measures" within the meaning of Regulation G under the U.S. Exchange Act
of 1934. Disclosure of such non-GAAP financial measures in the manner included in
this presentation would not be permissible in a registration statement under the U.S.
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such financial information and financial measures
(including EBITDAF, free cash flow and operating free cash flow) do not have
standardised meanings prescribed under New Zealand equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards ("NZ IFRS"), Australian Accounting Standards ("AAS")
or International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") and therefore, may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other entities, and should not be
construed as an alternative to other financial measures determined in accordance with
NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRSaccounting practice) measures. Information regarding the
usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided in the
supporting material.
Furthermore, while all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation,
Contact accepts no responsibility for any errors or omissions.
This presentation does not constitute investment advice.
Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.
All logos and brands are property of their respective owners. All company, product and
service names used in this presentation are for identification purposes only.
All references to $ are New Zealand dollar.
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
2
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
3
4
FY21 Highlights and Market Update/ Mike Fuge, CEO4-13
Financial Results and Outlook / Dorian Devers, CFO 14-28
Progress on Strategy / Mike Fuge, CEO & Dorian Devers, CFO29-37
Supporting Materials38-52
2
3
1
3
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
PRESENTATION AGENDA
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
4
4
FY21 performance
highlights
Mike Fuge, CEO
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
5
1
Refer to slides 48 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF
2
Refer to slides 24 for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow
3
Restated to account for the removal of the Significant items classification previously excluded from EBITDAF
Twelve months
ended
30 June 2021
(FY21)
Twelve months ended
30 June 2020
(FY20)
EBITDAF
1
$553m↑24% from $446m
3
Profit$187m↑50% from $125m
Profit per share25.3 cps↑45%from 17.5cps
Operating free cash flow
2
$371m↑28% from $290m
Operating free cash flow per share
2
50.2 cps↑24% from 40.4cps
Dividend declared$272m↓3% from $280m
Dividend declared per share35.0 cps↓10% from 39.0 cps
Stay-in-business(SIB)capital
expenditure (cash)
$61m↑20% from $51m
Growth capital expenditure (cash)$76m↑55% from $49m
Strategic investments (cash)$40m↑471% from $7m
Operating earnings (EBITDAF) were up by $107m when compared to
FY20.
The operating conditions in FY21 were characterised by significant
uncertainty around:
•The near-term future of major energy users, including NZAS.
•La Niña weather patterns and dry national hydrology.
•The deliverability of gas from declining gas fields.
•Rising carbon costs.
Despite the uncertainty in operating conditions, Contact supported
wholesale customers with strong asset availability while managing our
fuel risks.
During the year, Contact committed to the construction of the new
152MW Tauhara geothermal development, with the total capital
investment totalling $177m for the financial year.
SUMMARY OF KEY FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Solid financial performance supports continued investment to
decarboniseNew Zealand
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
66
Key strategic highlights from FY21
New renewable investment
committed: 152MW geothermal
power station
New capability added to accelerate
decarbonisation: Roaring 40s wind
partnership and Western Energy
acquisition
Balance sheet strengthened to
support renewable pipeline: $400m
equity raise
Launched ThermalCoconcept,
started stakeholder engagement
Battery RFP concluded; engaged
with EA to unlock regulatory
barriers withintheTransmission
Pricing Methodology
Secured an additional 17MW of
green flexibility
Currently no intention of renewing
the Swaption post 2022
Supported the extension of NZAS,
facilitating an orderly 2024 exit
Undertook hydrogen study and
opened registration of interest
process
First 10MW flexible electricity
agreement signed with a data centre
Simply Energy 100% acquisition
Agreed PPA terms with Genesis for
62.5MW backed by Tauhara
Objective
FY21
highlights
Attract new industrial
demand with globally
competitive renewables
Build renewable generation
and flexibility on the back
of new demand
Lead an orderly
transition to renewables
Create NZ's leading energy and
services brand to meet more of our
customers’ needs
Grow
demand
Grow renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create outstanding
customer experiences
Protected mass market customers from high
wholesale prices –tariff up 1.4% on FY20
Connections up 4%, with broadband
connections up 25k (now 51k broadband
connections)
End-to-end digital customer journeys
programme delivered online refunds, new bill
emails, asynchronous messaging and new
CSR Tools to significantly increase use of
digital self-serve channels.
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
77
Key strategic highlights from FY21
Thermal generation availability highest since
FY17, due to engineering and maintenance
undertaken to meet market demand
Safety performance was outstanding
Fueling innovation by acquiring Western
Energy to deliver lower cost geothermal fuel
Converted all bi-lateral bank facilities
to sustainability-linked loans and eligible debt certified as
‘green’; 1st New Zealand company to join the Nasdaq
Sustainable Bond Network.
Over half of our passenger fleet is electric.
Sustainable Procurement strategy established including
board approval of our Supplier Code of Conduct and Modern
Slavery Statement.
We planted more than 29,000 trees across our sites this year
Improved on DJSI ranking to 62 percentile (from FY19: 55
percentile)
Supported 123 community initiatives through sponsorship,
donations, grants and volunteer time.
Objective
FY21
highlights
Create long-term value through our strong
performance across a broad set of
environmental, social and governance
factors
Continuously improving our
operations through innovation and
digitisation
Create a flexible and high-
performing environment for NZ's top
talent
Our ESG
commitment
Operational
excellence
Transformative
ways of working
57% reduction in travel emissions, 348 tonnes
of CO2-e saved through reduction in
commuting and 413 tonnessaved with a
reduction in business travel
A new engagement tool Peakon launched with
employee engagement 7.8/10 and +30 eNPS
Several initiatives launched to grow our
capability including a new leadership and
learning framework
Reduction in office footprint
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
8
(2%)
(2%)
4%
3%
(2%)
4%
2%
1%
2%
1%
4%
(1%)
National electricity demand
Source: EMI, Contact.
Does not include NZAS
National electricity demand (TWh)Regional change (%)
FY21 vs FY20
Source: EMI, Contact
MARKET DEMAND
8
(1%)
1%
3%
3%
(2%)
NZAS curtailed
production from
the 4
th
potline
(50MW) from 3
April 2020.
Demand flat
despite
impacts of
COVID
5.05.05.0
5.2
5.1
4.9
FY17
North Island
10.0
25.9
26.1
10.2
41.6
25.9
FY16FY18
10.1
FY19
41.4
40.9
10.3
South Island (ex NZAS)
FY20
10.6
FY21
NZAS
26.1
10.1
41.2
41.3
41.2
26.1
25.8
0%
+1%
3%
FY22 potential
demand changes
(TWh)
0.2
-0.3
-0.1
Potential
FY22
Confirmed
Source: Company
announcements, Contact
Major industrials
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
9
Hydrology and impact on generation mix
Hydro generation was down
by5% when compared to
FY20 with below mean
national inflows for the
majority of the financial
year.
With limited gas availability,
due to the production
declines at Pohokura and
Kupe, generation from coal
increased by 82% on FY20.
Generation by type (TWh)
FUEL SUPPLY
Lake levels were appropriately managed through the financial year to manage the risk around gas availability and
delivery. Unseasonably strong inflows in June and July 2021 has seen national storage recover above mean.
Generation from generator retailers
Source: EMI & MBIE
Source: NZX
7.3
7.3
7.2
1.9
1.8
25.0
24.0
22.5
1.7
3.1
5.1
5.3
5.2
0.2
0.3
1.6
FY21
0.2
1.6
FY19FY20
Gas
Coal
Geothermal
Hydro
Wind
Wood
40.8
40.5
40.0
1.0
2.5
0.0
0.5
4.0
3.5
1.5
2.0
3.0
4.5
Jan
2021
Jul
2019
Jan
2020
Jul
2020
Jun
2021
Actual
Mean
2H20
2H21
Storage
TWh
National hydro storage
1H21
1H20
4.74.96.8*
Carbon
emissions (mT)
*Carbon emissions for FY21 Apr-Jun quarter has been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation
data. The uplift in carbon emissions of 1.9mT CO2-e was due to the increase in coal generation from FY20 to FY21.
Not all generation stations are captured in the chart above.
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
10
Short-term factors influencing price all sharply higher over the
last 12 months
Aluminium
Short-term external factors that
can influence the market
Wholesale and futures electricity pricing ($/MWh)
Source: EMI wholesale pricing
Short-term
wholesale
electricity
prices
Long-term pricing is linked to the long-run marginal costs of new renewable projects
plus costs associated with firming renewable intermittency to meet growing demand
Both long-dated and short-dated prices remain well above long-term averages, reflecting
higher thermal fuel costs and availability fuel risk
10
Gas availability -OMV
announced reduced volumes
from both Pohokura and Maui
gas fields
Carbon prices up 35% to
$43.5/NZU
FUEL SUPPLY AND NEAR-TERM PRICE IMPACT
Methanol pricing up
by $2.88/GJ gas
equivalent (86%
increase)
Limited impact on
demand from
COVID. Total
demand up 1%
Aluminium prices sharply
higher (+$1,123/t, up 45%).
New term NZAS contract
signed in January 2021 to
December 2024
Coal prices
increasing
+$113/t (248%)
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Jun-
10
Jun-
16
Jun-
13
Jun-
11
Jun-
12
Jun-
14
Jun-
17
Jun-
15
Jun-
18
Jun-
19
Jun-
20
10 year
average
spot price =
$90.00/MWh
Jun-
21
Long-dated futures (>12 months)
Short-dated futures (<12 months)
Monthly average spot price
Changes as at 30 June 2021, in
comparison to June 2020
Long-run prices below LRMC of new generation
>3TW of new generation
build committed
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
11
Retail competition remains intense
RETAIL ELECTRICITY MARKET
11
Divergent views on the value of a customer:
▪Tier 1: Mercury 50k connections down over 2 years, Meridian growing
market share (+42k connections) now 3
rd
largest mass market retailer.
▪Nova and Electric Kiwi continuing incredibly strong growth trajectory.
▪Reducing market share of main players continues, Tier 2 market share
now at 16% (from 12% November 2018) despite volatile and higher
wholesale prices.
▪New connections were up slightly compared to prior year (~1.5%.
increase).
Change in customer connections (000s)
2yr % change
2yr ICP delta (1000s)
Retail tariff changes (c/ kWh)
Tier 2: +84kcustomers
Despite sharply higher wholesale prices over the last three years, tariffs up
by a compound annual growth rate of 1% reflecting intense competition
and diverging views of long-term wholesale prices.
Regulatory reset of Electricity Distributors WACC, has led to network cost
reductions since 1 April 2020 partially offsetting rising energy costs over
FY21. Network costs expected to rise above inflation over the medium
term.
12 months
ended:
Tier 1: -20k customers
Source: EMI
Source: MBIE
-3%
1%
-1%
25%
11%
32%
95%
55%
-24%
-50
0
50
100
Genesis
-13%
MeridianContactVocusMercury
14%
TrustpowerNovaPulseFlickElectric
Kiwi
Other
16.4
16.3
16.5
16.8
18.3
12.4
12.7
12.5
12.3
11.1
Mar-18
29.4
29.1
Mar-21Mar-17Mar-19Mar-20
28.7
29.0
29.1
+1%
Lines (c/kWh)
Energy & Other (c/kWh)
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
1212
Topical regulatory matters
Gas availability and lower mean water levels through 2021
have resulted in higher spot and hedge market prices,
increasing pressure on unhedged energy intensive industries,
and retail pricing.
The Electricity Authority, GIC and Minister continue to closely
monitor security of supply, fuel availability and its impact on
the wholesale market.
Wholesale
market
volatility
Contactis investing $580m in Tauhara, rolling out virtual Peaker
product and working with industry to efficiently increase thermal
generation in a fuel constrained market
Contact is working with customers to smooth out pricing
volatility through long-term contracts
Contactcontinues to brief officials on its approach to managing
current volatility.
Contactcooperates with various market enquiries by providing
relevant data where required.
In June 2021, the Commission delivered its final report on
carbon budgets and policy recommendations. The government
must publish an Emissions Reduction Plan by the end of 2021.
Climate
Change
Commission
Contactstrongly supports the recommended direction of the
Commission report, and the role that the energy sector will play
in decarbonisation.
Contactcontinues to closely engage in the government’s work
and assess the strategic opportunities and impacts for Contact.
Key themes
What Contact is doing
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
13
New Zealand
Battery
project
Energy
hardship
Key themes
What Contact is doing
13
The government is assessing options to address
New Zealand’s dry year risk with 100% renewable
generation. This includes assessing its initially
preferred solution of pumped hydro at Lake Onslow.
Contactsupports further analysis to address dry year risk. Multiple
options exist that will require careful evaluation, including interruptible
green hydrogen.
Contactis advancing the thinking on ThermalCo which appears to be
a low capital, low cost and low risk solution
Contactis engaging with government in assessing potential options
Covid-19 has placed additional pressure on New Zealand
households and businesses. Contact is actively working to
minimiseenergy hardship.
Contact’stikanga, pricing principles and proactive work with its
customers who are struggling to pay their bills
has resulted in reduced disconnections and bad debt.
Contact offers a range of payment options including weekly and
fortnightly billing, pre-pay and price smoothing products.
Contact is working with industry through ERANZ on the EnergyMate
programme and PowerCredits scheme in association with budget
advisors and FinCap.
Topical regulatory matters
14
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
14
Operational
performance and
financial results
Dorian Devers, CFO
15
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Key ESG KPI’s now
included with operational
performance and getting same
prominence
as financial performance
Key themes from the financial results
Asset portfolio and trading
capability ensure support
for the market at time of
increased fuel risk
Gas availability expected
to remain an issue for the
market but Contact is
relatively well positioned
Recent Mergers &
Acquisitions aligned
to strategy
Changes in depreciation
reflect the expected
decarbonisation of our
asset portfolio
Significant
items no longer
reported
separately
Equity raise was well
received and positions
the business well for
growth
16
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Profit ($m)
Profit of $187m, up $62m
EBITDAF ($m)
Higher gas
and carbon
costs to run
thermal
generation
Improved
net pricing
from
contracted
customers
as network
costs
reduced
Lower
geothermal
generation
year on year
impacted by
4-yearly Te
Mihi outage
with lower
hydro
generation
Active
channel
management
with increased
sales to
support fuel
constrained
market
participants at
a higher price
Higher other
income and
lower
electricity
transmission
costs offset
by higher
operating
costs
5
4
321
FY21 RESULTS
FY20
profit
Net interest
costs
EBITDAF
Depreciation
& Amortisation
Tax
Fair value of
financial
instruments
FY21 profit
Wholesale
channel
management
Contracted
sales
pricing
FY20
EBITDAF*
Renewables
Gas
and
carbon
costs
Other
income,
fixed costs
FY21
EBITDAF
125
187
107
29
28
5
7
0
+62
119
21
34
21
0
22
446
553
43
+107
Share of
Associates
*EBITDAF restated to reflect the removal of significant items
Customer tariff
Network costs
17
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
FY21 RESULTS
Wholesale EBITDAF ($m)
Customer EBITDAF ($m)
Corporate / unallocated costs ($m)
EBITDAF up by $107m
Refer to slides 18 -20
Refer to slide 21
426
527
77
132
47
FY20Generation
costs
(including
acquired
generation)
Total
contracted
revenue
Trading,
merchant
revenue
and losses
FY21*
+102
50
56
4
18
30
Other
products*
12
FY20
0
Electricity
prices
Electricity
volumes
Opex
2
FY21
+6
-30
-30
FY20FY21
0
Electricity gross
margin
Electricity cost
inflation
Price recovery
*Other products includes retail gas and broadband gross margins *Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAFFY20 restated to include Holiday Act expense ($5m) after the removal
of Significant items
18
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Electricity generated or acquired (GWh)
FY20FY21
Electricity generated or acquired costs ($m)
Generation costs
FY21 RESULTS: WHOLESALE BUSINESS
Gas and diesel
Acquired
Thermal
Renewable
Gas storage
Carbon costs
Electricity and gas
transmission and levies
Other operating costs
Hydro generation down 53GWh on FY20 (-1%),
202GWh (-5%) below mean year expectations.
Geothermal volumes were 219GWh down on prior year
following a significant 4-yearly outage programme in the
period.
•Renewable generation costs were down $7m on
FY20. Transmission costs for renewable assets were
down by $7m on FY20 as HVDC pole 1 costs ended.
Thermal generation costs were up by $58m due to
higher gas (FY20 $6.7/GJ, FY21 $8.0/GJ) and carbon
prices (FY20 $24/unit, FY21 $31/unit) and higher
thermal generation in FY21.
•Gas and carbon fuel costs up from $76/MWh in FY20
to $96/MWh (+26%)
•Fixed costs relating to AGSand other operating costs
were up by $2m each on the prior comparative period
as the AGS facility expansion was commissioned on
30 September 2020
Increased acquired generation on the prior period as
wholesale spot prices encouraged swaption calls.
3,333
3,114
3,752
3,698
1,439
1,673
335
554
FY21FY20
Acquired
Hydro
Thermal*
9,040
Geothermal
8,858
108
89
101
91
157
40
215
36
38
90
65
125
24
41
22
24
38
65
Cost
type
Generation
type
Cost
type
Generation
type
304304
381381
+77
*Thermal includes tolling of ~261GWh FY20 and ~312GWh FY21
19
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
FY21 RESULTS: WHOLESALE BUSINESS
3,605GWh
$93.7/MWh
Contracted revenue ($m)
1,939GWh
$134.1/MWh
760GWh
$45.9/MWh
-136GWh
+$4.9/MWh
+682GWh
+$48.5/MWh
-68GWh
-$7.9/MWh
•Fixed price variable volume electricity sales to the Customer
segment and C&I customers ended 489GWh lower than FY20 (-
$42m), this was partially offset by higher prices (+$24m), reflecting
higher wholesale prices over the three preceding years.
•Strategic fixed price sales were down with lower sales to support
NZAS due to the suspension of the 4
th
potline, partially offset by an
increase in volume supplied to industryunder a long-term PPA.
Lower pricing reflects updated NZAS support contract from January
2021 (-$10m)
•CFD sales volumes were up by 682GW as nearer term higher
priced channels were prioritised (+$152m)
•Steam revenue was up $2m on FY20 with an increase in
geothermal steam sales secured (+77GWh) with steam tariffs on
TeRapa generation rising with carbon costs changes.
•Other income was up by $5m as the $2m loss on market making in
FY20 was not repeated and income from the Western Energy
acquisition (1 April 2021) was realised ($2m)
Wholesale contracted revenue
19
1,818GWh
$83.8/MWh
-353GWh
+$2.6/MWh
332
338
176
152
108
260
45
35
26
28
Strategic Fixed Price sales
Other net income
2
FY21FY20
7
CFD sales
Steam sales
C&I netback
Customer Sales
689
821
+132
20
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
FY21 RESULTS: WHOLESALE BUSINESS
Trading EBITDAF ($m)
Long / short position (GWh)
$104.1/MWh
6.0%
($6.4 / MWh)
5.0%
($9.4/ MWh)
•43GWh increase in
merchant sales volumes.
The price received for this
“long” generation was up by
$74.20/MWh on FY20.
•Inter-island separation
reduced from 6% to 5% on
dry South Island conditions,
this was offset by higher
absolute prices to increase
generation losses by $25m.
Trading revenue
Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when the
spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact generation.
LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price differences
between where electricity is generated and purchased.
Wholesale trading and merchant revenue
$178.3/MWh
Spot purchases and
sell CFD settlement
Spot sales and buy
CFD settlement
Merchant generation
91
164
-51
-76
FY21FY20
88
41
+47
876
919
919
7,904
-7,918
-1
FY20
8,040
-8,040
0
FY21
862
21
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
FY21 RESULTS: CUSTOMER BUSINESS
Customer business performance
EBITDAF ($m)
The electricity tariff changes balance
the recovery of rising input costs, the
competitive environment and
regulatory pressures:
•67% of our residential customers
are on non-PPD products from 1
July.
•Around 50% of customers
received a price increase in FY21.
•Ending Prompt Payment
Discounts, -50% reduction in PPD
not taken.
Continue to smooth the impact of
higher electricity costs for customers:
•Combination of targeted retail
price rises and a reduction in
network costs from 1 April 2020
has seen electricity gross margins
improve by 7% from FY20.
•Retail energy tariffs -will need to
rise to reflect elevated wholesale
electricity, gas and carbon costs.
Strong growth in Broadband
connections (+25k up on FY20).
Revenue & Tariff
1
($m)
FY20FY21Variance
$m$mTariff$mTariff
Electricity gross revenue859
841249(18)7
PPD not taken10
5(5)
Incentives paid(6)
(5)1
Net revenue (cash)862
841249(22)4
Capitalisedincentives7
7
Amortisedincentives(8)
(9)
Net revenue (P&L)861
838248(23)3
Gas revenue74
7494(0)5
Broadband revenue17
326815(2)
Other income5
61
Total revenue957
951(7)
Contract Asset (closing)13
9(3)
1. Tariff is $/MWh for electricity, Gas $/GJ and $ per month per customer connection for broadband
115
123
9
9
6
-79
-81
Other income
Electricity GM
5
0
-1
FY20
56
FY21
Gas GM
Broadband GM
Other operating
expenses
50
+6
Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of Goods [Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and
broadband]
22
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Other operating cost movement ($m)
Portfolio, performance and non-recurring
Underlying
movement
Portfolio performance and non-recurring
•Holidays Act provision (-$5m) recognised in
FY20 not repeated.
•Operating costs acquired as part of the
strategic transactions of Western Energy and
Simply Energy ($3.6m).
•Strong FY21 performance leading to higher
incentive costs, FY20 incentives were reduced
after consideration of COVID potential ($9m).
•Benefits of the strategic acquisition of Western
Energy on the well restoration provision offset
by costs incurred to execute the refreshed
strategy (nil).
Underlying movement
•Strong credit collection and payment products
saw a reduction in bad debt ($3.0m).
•Digital journeys programme improved
customer service efficiency
Broadband
•Further incremental investment in broadband
growth. Benefits of change in provider and
further digitisation resulting in 87% productivity
increase as measured by broadband
connections per full time equivalent.
Operating costs up on acquisitions and improved
financial performance
Underlying savings
Insurance and general
cost inflation
FY21 RESULTS
5.0
3.6
9.0
3.8
5.8
2.1
FY21FY20 Holidays Act
211.0
FY20Portfolio changesIncentivesNet Cost Savings
0.4
Broadband
201.0
Invest in
growth
23
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
FY21 RESULTS: CARBON PERFORMANCE
kTof C02e emitted
•Scope 1 emissions up 125kT, predominantly from carbon emitted
from thermal generation with high volumes in FY21 to support lower
renewable generation
•Carbon from swaption up over 300% as Contact made more calls
under the swaption and a higher emissions intensity factor from the
fuel mix (FY21: 300kT, FY20: 90kT)
•Emissions from business travel and employee commenting down
by 57%, enabled by our transformative ways of working programme
Greenhouse gas reporting
23
524
317
600
260
986
920
1,045
647
FY21
1
1
FY19FY26
target
1
FY20
1
Scope 1
1,511
Scope 2
Scope 3
1,238
1,646
908
Performance
Targets
•Our targets have been approved by the Science-based targets initiative
(1.5 degree warming)
•Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions 45% compared to 2018 baseline
by 2026
•30% reduction of 2018 Scope 3 GHG emissions by 2026.
See slide 40 for detailed greenhouse gas emissions reporting
24
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
•
EBITDAF up $107m on improved pricing across key channels
•
Working capital changes $5m unfavourable to FY20 due to the increased value of gas inventory and
additional purchase of carbon in the period, including exercising the final fixed price option for
carbon surrender in May 2021
•
Capital expenditure (cash) $61m in FY21, $10m more than FY20 due to statutory geothermal
outage programme and initial payments for SAP upgrade programme
12 months
ended
30 June 2021
12 months
ended
30 June 2020
Comparison
against FY20
EBITDAF$553m$446m↑$107m
Workingcapital changes$3m$7m↓($5m)
Taxpaid($79m)($70m)↓($9m)
Interest paid, net of interest capitalised($43m)($49m)↑$6m
SIBcapital expenditure($61m)($51m)↓($10m)
Non-cash items includedin EBITDAF($2m)$7m↓$9m
Operating free cash flow$371m$290m↑$81m
Operating free cash flow per share50.2cps40.4cps↑9.8cps
Cash conversion (OpFCF/EBITDAF)67%65%↑2%
SIB capital expenditure –accounting ($m)
Cash flow and capital expenditure
Strategic investments / acquisitions
(Western Energy and Drylandcarbon)
Growth investment
Dividends paid
Sources and uses of cash ($m) FY21
FY21 RESULTS
392
274
371
40
76
267
106
Sources
763
Uses
763
128
102
78
60
52
75
0
50
100
150
FY17FY18FY16FY20FY19FY21
Debt reduction
Cash movement
Net proceeds from
equity issue
Operating
Free Cash Flow
25
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
•
Face value borrowings (excl. leases) decreased by $262m to $774m from 30 June 2020.The decrease is due to the
inflow from the $400m equity raise in February 2020 less surplus held as cash.
•
Net debt has reduced by $981m since the end of FY16.Gearing decreased to 22.6% at30 June 2021, down from
31.4% at30 June 2020.
•
Average interest rate on gross debt has remained flat due to the repayment of more flexible, lower cost floating rate debt
with the proceeds from the equity raise offsetting the lower rate environment.
•
A credit rating of BBB (net debt / EBITDAF <2.8x) continues to be targeted.
•
All bank facilities have now been converted to sustainability linked loans, and all our debt instruments are certified green.
Closing net debt ($m)
Face value of borrowings less cash
Interest rate (%)
Weighted average gross interest
1
on average borrowings
Net debt to EBITDAF (x)
Includes S&P adjustments (prior to FY20 AGS was treated as a
lease)
Borrowing maturities ($m)
Average tenor of 3.3 years as at30 June 2021
Robust balance sheet.
FY21 RESULTS
1.Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred
financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included.
990
774
38
23
1,539
1,504
22
25
1,608
-5
FY16FY17
41
-6
1,410
-3
FY18
-47
FY19
645
1,036
-44
FY20
21
-150
FY21
1,626
1,445
968
1,014
Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand
7
150
100
153
100
136
88
50
265
115
7777
FY25FY27FY22FY23FY24
7
210
FY26
4
FY28 -
FY29
157
107
372
258
92
Undrawn bank facilities
Drawn bank facilities
Domestic
USPP
NEXI
3.1
3.0
2.8
2.3
1.9
1.7
3.2
3.2
3.1
2.3
2.4
1.2
FY19FY18FY16FY17FY20FY21
SmoothedSnapshot
963
5.3%
5.6%
FY16
1,648
1,598
FY20FY17
5.1%
1,476
5.2%
FY18
5.4%
FY21
1,207
FY19
1,031
5.2%
Average gross interestAverage gross debt
26
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Dividend for FY21 of 35 cents per share
•Final dividend of 21 cents per share is imputed to 67% or 14 cents per share for
qualifying shareholders. This represents a pay-out of 72% of FY21 operating free
cash flow and 88% of the operating free cash flow over the preceding 4 financial
years (FY17-FY20)
•Record date of 27 August 2021; payment date of 15 September 2021.
•The NZD/AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends
will be set on 02 September 2021.
Ordinary dividends ($m)
Declared
Final dividend
Interim dividend
% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow
Dividend for FY21 in line with performance
Dividend reinvestment plan
•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder
elects to participate they will remain in the plan at the same participation level until
they elect to terminate or amend their participation level.
•There will be no discount offered for the FY21 final dividend and Contact will have
the right to terminate or suspend the plan at any time.
•Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) forms must be in by 30 August 2021 to confirm
participation in the plan.
•Trading period for setting price for DRP is 26 August 2021 to 01 September 2021.
DRP strike price will be announced: 02 September 2021
26
2632
39
39
35
107
136
165165
163
79
93
115115
109
FY18
280
186
FY17FY21FY19FY20
229
280
272
cps
61%76%
82%
97%
72%
Operating free cash flow
Average operating cash flow for the preceding four financial years
Dividend policy range: 80-100% of average operating free
cash flow for the preceding four years
FY21
260
259
324
FY19
259
258
FY18FY17
322
309
324
247
325
83%
FY20
88%
326
261
FY22
305301341290
371
➢Annual operating
free cash flow
FY21 DIVIDEND
Dividend level
as a % of preceeding
4yr operating fcf
100%
80%
27
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Normalised and expected FY22 EBITDAF assumptions
1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP)
2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh
ASSUMPTIONS FOR NORMALISED EARNINGS
3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, other income
4.Gas price of $8.4/GJ, carbon price of $37/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (11.4GJ/MWh)
5.Length of 440GWh p.a. assumed
6.Locational losses of 5.6% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a
wholesale price of $125/MWh
* Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs
1,660
Channel choices maximise
long term value¹
1
Net price² driven by
best commercial practices
2
x
=
Strategic fixed price1,000GWh$38/MWh$38m
CFDs1,660GWh$139/MWh$231m
C&I1,600GWh$104/MWh$166m
Retail3,550GWh$129/MWh$458m
Other income³$50m
$943m
Hydro mean3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m
Geothermal average3,250GWh$2/MWh-$7m
Thermal800GWh$123/MWh⁴-$98m
Acquired300GWh$131/MWh-$39m
-$144m
Length⁵$58mTransmission/Storage-$60m
Location losses⁶-$57mOperatingexpenses-$220m
Total$1mTotal-$280m
FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY22
Fuel cost
Net Revenue
Trading
Fixed costs
Hydrology & Asset
availability optimise generation
3
4
Total
x
=
Access to and price of fuel* drives
financials & risk position
Total
Trading delivers value to more
than offset locational losses
5
Digitalisation & continuous
improvement optimise fixed costs
6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
959
641
3,550
0
50
950
CFDs
C&I
Retail
Strategic fixed
$139/
MWh
$90/
MWh
$129/
MWh
ContractedUncontracted
943
-144
-280
1
520
x
Mar-22Jan-22May-22Jul-21Sep-21Nov-21
101
188
168
121
150
105
122
101
112
119
122
100
118
97
128
112
134
117
147
128
130
130
161
139
OTA
BEN
ASX Futures $/MWh
At27 July 2021
$36/
MWh
28
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Strong delivery in FY21.
Capability and capacity to be added in FY22.
GUIDANCE
FY21 GuidanceResultFY22 GuidanceGuidance commentary
Other operating costs$200–210m$211m$215-225m
Additional capacity and capability added to
accelerate the delivery of the strategy. SIB capex
will support higher asset availability and output as
well as a SAP systems upgrade
Stay in business capital expenditure
(cash)
$55 –60m$61m$95-105m
Cashspend (‘Totex’)$255 –270m$272m$310 –330m
Depreciation and amortisation$215–225m$249m$265–275m
Accelerated depreciation on thermal assets in line
with expected useful lives and decarbonisation
goals
Net interest (accounting)$45 –50m$50m$30 –40m
Cash interest(in operating cash flow)$40 –45m$43m$20 –30m
Cashtaxation$75 –85m$79m$85 –95m
Taxation paid up to reflect strong FY21 financial
performance
Corporate costs-$30m$33m
ICT costs previously included in Customer now in
Corporate
Target ordinary dividend per share35 cps35 cps35 cpsPay-out in line with dividend policy
Geothermal volumes3,100GWh3,114GWh3,250 GWh
Minor geothermal safety programme outage
28
29
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
29
Progress on Strategy
Mike Fuge, CEO & Dorian Devers, CFO
29
30
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Our strategy to lead NZ’s decarbonisation
Enablers
Transformative ways of working:
create a flexible and high-performing
environment for New Zealand’s top talent
Outcomes
Growth
Pivot our business to a new growth era that
captures the value unlocked by decarbonisation
Resilience
Deliver sustainable shareholder returns,
aligned with our ESG commitment
Performance
Realise a step-change in performance, materially
growing EBITDAF through strategic investments
Strategic
theme
Objective
Grow
demand
Attract new industrial demand with
globally competitive renewables
Grow renewable
development
Build renewable generation and
flexibility on the back of new demand
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Lead an orderly transition
to renewables
Create outstanding
customer experiences
Create NZ's leading energy and services brand to
meet more of our customers’ needs
Operational excellence:
continuously improving our operations
through innovation and digitisation
ESG: create long-term value through our strong
performance across a broad set of environmental,
social and governance factors
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
31
1.As per Colmar Brunton Rep Track report, 2021 ranked 44
th
2.Science Based Targets Initiative (Sbti) target at 1.5 degrees.
We have set ambitious measures of success
across our strategic themes
Tauhara online by mid 2023
Final investment decision on
next renewable
build (Wairākei, wind, and/or
solar) by 2024
Decision on North Island
battery by end of 2023, for
delivery in 2024
100 MW demand response
capacity by 2025
Top 10 ‘most trusted retailer’
by 2025
1
650,000 customer connections
by 2025
Cost to serve (CTS) < $120 per
connection
75% of customer interactions
through digital channels
Complete thermal review in
2021, and executed by the
end of 2022
TCC decommissioned by
end of 2023
Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions 45% compared to
2018 baseline by 2026²
Senior in-house capability to
support industry electrification
partnerships by 2021
100 MW of new commercial
and industrial demand by 2025
Identified 300+ MW of market-
backed demand opportunitiesin
the lower SI by end of 2024
(e.g., hydrogen)
Metrics &
measures
Grow
demand
Grow renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create outstanding
customer experiences
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
32
Avoided carbon emissions (kTC02e)Demand backed by strategic fixed price PPA (GWh)
New load contracted,
expected online in FY23
Terms agreed with
Genesis Energy
Additional long-term
agreements under
negotiation
New industrial heat electricity
boilers rather than coal
Tolling arrangement
with Nova saw the most
efficient plants used
Tracking to targets
Grow demand
509
828
760
FY2026854
87FY211,356
Terms agreed
Contracted
Operational
30
3522
0
0
0
FY19
FY20
FY21
0
30
57
Electricity market
New demand
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
33
Grow renewable development
New geothermal development (MW)New wind and solar development (MW)
Land access agreements signed
for up to 500MW of
wind generation potential
Assessment phase to follow
Consenting underway in FY22
Consenting for increased
generation on the Wairakei field
(incremental to current position)
Tauhara stage 1 under
development. Field is more
productive than envisaged.
Look to secure additional
geothermal consents on
operational fields
Tracking to targets
60
130
152
342
Consenting Underway
Under development
Consented
500
0
0
500
Land access
Consenting underway
Consented
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
34
Decarbonise our portfolio
Demand flexScope 1 and 2 greenhouse
gas (GHG) intensity
6
13
MW
0.110
0.108
0.124
C02e/kWh
524
317
600
kTof C02eT
8383
81
Renewable %
Renewable
generation
Scope 3 emissions
FY19FY21FY20
Strong growth in our demand flex
proposition –lowered the install cost
and increased the sales network
Scope 3 emission higher as Contact called generation under
the swaption arrangement with Genesis which was run higher
Expect renewable generation
% to grow with investment and
higher thermal fuel costs
Tracking to targets
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
35
Create outstanding customer experiences
Value
Continue to grow telco customer connections
Protecting the core energy base in a rising energy
cost environment
Prepare to launch new complementary products
1
-1
Gross margin from non-
energy products ($m)
Continue to invest in data and digital journeys
for our customers and people to improve
experience and efficiency
Tracking to targets
FY19FY20FY21
Growth
Efficiency
477
484
481
13
26
51
202120202019
Energy
connections
000
Telco
connections
000
2,194
2,197
2,332
162
156
155
201920202021
Connections
per CSR
CTS per
connection
EnergyNon energy
% of revenue from
non energy products
FY19-21
0.7%
3.4%
Broadband gross margin positive from FY22
36
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Our operational plan: What you can expect in the next 18 months
H1-FY22
Hydrogen registration of interest
followed by request for proposals
Advance data centre partnerships
Engage on industrial electrification
Assess hydrogen position
Build data centres
Lock in major industrial user
electrification
Develop hydrogen option
Data centres online
Commence boiler electrification
Build Tauhara
Prepare further geothermal consents
Secure solar partnership or add capability
Build Tauhara
Further geothermal consenting
Secure and consent wind sites
Complete Tauhara
Tauhara phase II consent
Secure solar consents
Complete battery feasibility
Complete thermal review and design
principles for structure
Engage 3
rd
party to structure ‘ThermalCo’
Align future-state thermal structure
Agree structure with owners and regulators
Execute ‘ThermalCo’ and buy back PPAs
Prepare for end of TCC
scheduled hours
Launch time of use offer, with extension into EVs
Implications of sale of Trustpower retail to Mercury
Customer technology upgrade
Pilot launch of wireless broadband
Investigate data driven energy
monitoring commercial models
Customer technology upgrade (cont.)
Pilot complementary products
Customer technology upgrade (cont.)
H2-FY22
Grow renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
Strategic theme
H1-FY23
Grow
Demand
37
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
37
Questions
37
38
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
38
Supporting
materials
38
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
39
ASX futures pricing in fuel risk over the next 12
months
ASX electricity forward pricing ($/MWh)
Source: ASX Energy 12 July 2021
39
ASX FUTURES
156
129
137
136
109
106
116116
100
102
105
107
97
176
152
157
161
127
137
138
119
118
129
127
116
Q3 2021Q3 2022Q4 2022Q4 2021Q1 2024Q2 2022Q1 2022
129
142
Q2 2023Q1 2023Q3 2023Q4 2023Q2 2024Q3 2024Q4 2024
121
OTABEN
40
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Greenhouse gas emissions
IndicatorUnitTargetFY19FY20FY21
Direct GHG emissions (Scope 1)tC02e
45% reduction of 2018 Scope
1 and 2 emissions by 2026
(Absolute emissions reduction
target)
985,905920,4031,044,893
-Stationary combustiontC02e984,903920,4031,044,536
-Mobile combustiontC02e880270270
-Mobile combustion –Simply EnergytC02e20
-Mobile combustion –Western EnergytC02e38
-Fugitive emissionstC02e122429
Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)tC02e1,3741,258
1,230
Sub-total Scope 1 and 2tC02e647,443987,279921,9351,046,122
Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)tC02e259,118524,314317,384600,389
-Category 1 –Purchased goods and servicestC02e
30% reduction of 2018 Scope
3 GHG emissions from use of
sold products by 2026.
35,267 39,397
63,296
-Category 2 –Capital goods tC02e6,53618,052 40,521
-Category 3 –Fuel and energytC02e175,81191,857330,202
-Category 4 -Upstream distribution and transportation tC02e6281426
-Category 5 –WastetC02e148123121
-Category 6 –Business travel tC02e1,256719258
-Category 7 –Employee commutingtC02e514606306
-Category 11 –Use of sold products tC02e301,640166,310
165,259
-Category 13 –Downstream leased assets tC02e445306399
-Category 14 –FranchisetC02e2,069
Total Scope 1,2 and 3 emissionstC02e906,5611,511,0811,239,3191,646,511
CARBON REPORTING
41
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Contact generation output sold to the national grid (GWh)
Electricity and generation sales position (GWh)
FY20
FY21
Generation and sales position
OPERATIONAL DATA
Merchant sales
CFD gross sales
Sales to C&I
Sales to Customer
2,322
3,297
3,233
3,256
3,114
4,058
4,091
3,562
4,231
3,698
2,865
1,614
1,742
1,421
1,592
FY14FY17
3,074
2,321
8,537
1,812
4,119
FY16FY15
3,479
3,323
Geothermal
generation
FY18
9,002
FY19
8,404
1,360
3,752
3,333
FY20FY21
Thermal
generation
Hydro
generation
9,245
9,514
8,614
8,908
8,445
335
554
7981
862
919
8,444
2,171
Sales
1,844
0
Acquired generation
Generation
2,085
Pool purchase
2,673
3,605
8,859
Sales
1
Direct generation
3,741
Spot generation
Generation
8,859
9,0409,040
8,404
+181
42
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Wairākeigeothermal field mass take and efficiency
Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairākeivs consented
(GWh)
Wairākei, Poihipiand TeMihi conversion effectiveness
(MWh per kTextracted)
% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted
GEOTHERMAL PERFORMANCE
0
10
70
30
20
60
40
50
80
90
100
FY16
97%
101%
94%
FY15
99%
FY17FY18
99%
FY19FY21
100%
FY20
98%
-3%
29.3
30.1
30.1
30.5
30.1
31.1
30.5
FY16FY15FY17FY18FY21FY19FY20
+1%
-2%
43
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Hydro generation (GWh)
Geothermal generation (GWh)
Thermal generation (GWh)
Te Huka
Ōhaaki
Poihipi
Wairākei
Te Mihi
Geothermal generation was 219GWh lower than FY20 following
the 4-yearly statutory TeMihi outage in the period and an
extended outage required on process safety improvements
required at the TeHukabinary plant.
Hydro generation was 202GWh below mean (3,900GWh) in FY21,
53GWh lower than FY20.
Thermal generation volumes were 235GWh higher than FY20 as a result of
the arrangement to toll gas from Nova Energy (FY20: 239GWh, FY21:
278GWh)
Generation volumes:
renewable generation down by 4% on FY20
OPERATIONAL DATA
Te Rapa -spot
Whirinaki
TeRapa -Direct generation
Stratford Peakers
TCC
Otahuhu
Total inflowsInflows storedSpill
1,282
1,184
1,372
1,382
1,415
1,240
1,075
1,121
1,062
991
1,045
1,081
407
403
411
388
335
339
337
336
280
310
340
299
196
189
198
186
198
155
FY18FY19FY16FY17FY20FY21
3,233
3,297
3,323
3,257
3,333
3,114
26
80
3,507
4,328
4,817
77
4,065
3,482
-28
-97
3,897
-975
-275
-37
-112
-209
FY16
3,442
3,979
FY17FY18
-148
FY19
-90
FY20FY21
3,353
4,083
3,752
3,698
553
1,020
1,071
1,013
871
1,126
334
495
528
207
291
234
506
226
211
195
195
213
221
92
90
83
79
81
94
5
1,673
3
1
1,503
3
0
FY17FY16FY19FY18
1,903
FY20
18
FY21
1,708
1,834
1,439
44
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY1737790%31%1,0216465
FY1837768%32%1,071102110
FY19
377
63%31%1,031115117
FY2037788%26%870120104
FY2137789%34%1,126193217
Hydro
Geothermal
Peakers(including Whirinaki)
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY1778492%52%3,56247169
FY1878495%51%3,47978271
FY19
784
97%62%4,231123521
FY2078492%54%3,75290338
FY2178484%54%3,698167617
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY1742991%86%3,23355177
FY1842596%89%3,32380267
FY19
425
92%87%3,256133434
FY2042595%89%3,33399330
FY2142589%84%3,114175546
TeRapa (spot generation only)
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY1736095%16%4957336
FY1836087%17%53011662
FY1936079%7%21219241
FY2036088%9%29516248
FY2136092%8%24923054
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY174198%63%2265813
FY184187%59%2119420
FY19
41
96%54%19516031
FY204198%51%18410621
FY214193%58%20817437
Plant availability
OPERATIONAL DATA
Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but does not consider deratings.
45
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Haweastorage (GWh)Gas storage (PJ)
CLOSING STORAGE
CLOSING STORAGE
Fuel storage movements
Source: NZX hydro
OPERATIONAL DATA
104
152
103
53
159
152
257
90
175
277
174
216
231
252
294
351
244
299
229
-228
-299
-140
-282
-146
-302
-246
-412
-214
-237
1H18
27
1H171H192H172H182H191H202H20
257
1H212H21
Inflows
Opening storage
27
Releases
152
103
53
159
152
90
166
175
7.7
7.5
1.7
6.1
-3.0
4.5
-0.3
FY21FY18FY20FY19
Opening Storage
Net extraction (injection)
7.5
4.5
6.1
5.8
-0.2
46
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Contracted gas volumes (PJ)
Uses of gas (PJ)
Gas storage
monthly injections and extractions (PJ)
Contracted and stored gas
Storage balance at31 December 2020 was 5.0PJ
OPERATIONAL DATA
Gas injectedGas extracted
4.1
6.9
4.0
7.6
8.1
3.4
10.0
4.4
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6.1
2.3
1.2
3.1
3.4
4.5
2.0
5.3
6.9
4.1
6.5
2.3
-0.2
-1.3
CY20CY16CY17CY18
0.0
CY19CY21
5.7
CY22
16.6
18.6
18.4
16.6
16.9
14.6
16.7
May-
21
0.17
-0.12
Jul-
20
-0.40
-0.38
Aug-
20
-0.33
0.04
Sep-
20
0.14
Dec-
20
-0.40
Oct-
20
0.18
-0.06
-0.22
Nov-
20
0.05
0.42
-0.02
0.09
0.07
Jan-
21
0.27
-0.10
-0.12
Feb-
21
0.50
Mar-
21
0.36
Jun-
21
Apr-
21
-0.26
0.15
-0.37
20.2
14.2
18.4
18.7
3.1
-1.7
-17.5
-14.0
-13.3
-14.9
-2.8
-3.1
-3.2
-3.1
0.3
Customer sales
0.2
-0.3
-0.2
FY20FY18FY19
-0.2
-1.1
FY21
Net extraction (injection)
Generation
Wholesale sales
Purchases
Short-term gas
Genesis
Pohokura -notified (Jan-Jun22)
Swap
Maui -contingent on delivery
Pohokura -contingent on delivery (Jul-Dec22)
Maui -notified
47
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Contractual fuel position impacted by gas availability issues
FUEL OUTLOOK
Portfolio requirements for thermal generation (TWh)
-2.9
Gas supply and demand FY22 (PJ)
Hydro variation >>
* Hydro generation in FY12
GeothermalExpected
2022
generation
(including
losses)
Hydro in
"extreme
dry" year*
Maximum
thermal
required
"Extreme
dry" to
"mean"
year swing
Mean
thermal
required
Co-
generation
Maximum
thermal
required
"Mean" to
"wet" year
swing
Minimum
thermal
required
Contracted
0.9
12.7
2.8
2.0
4.3
3.4
4.7
Mean Thermal
FY22
Position
Short Term (if in line with FY21)
Mean Year
demand
Co-generation
Retail
18.1
Swap return
Storage
net movement
12.7
8.0
1.5
0.5
0.2
-2.9
-3.3
-0.4
-1.0
-0.3
In addition to market
gas Contact has
access to effective
risk management
products at
historically
contracted rates if
required
48
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
•EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and changes in fair
value of financial instruments.
•EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of Contact’s
performance.
•Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:
12 months ended
30 June 2021
12 months ended
30 June 2020
Variance onprior year
$m%
Profit187 125 6250%
Depreciation and amortisation249220(29)(13%)
Change in fair valueof financial
instruments
(7)-(7)700%
Net interest expense505558%
Tax expense7446(28)(61%)
EBITDAF553 446 10724%
•Depreciation and amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments, net interest and tax
expense are explained on the right.
Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF
The adjustments from EBITDAF to reported profit and
movements on FY20 are as follows:
•Depreciation and amortisation: Increased by $29m (13%)
on FY20 primarily resulting from the review of Ōhaakiplant,
Wairākeiand TCC opening hours.
•Net interest expense: Reduced by $5m (8%) over FY20
lower averageborrowings post equity raise and coupled with
lower interest rate as well as the capitalisationof interest
relating to the Tauhara geothermal project (FY21 $8m), a $2m
increase against FY20.
•Tax expense for the period was $28m up following higher
operating earnings with higher depreciation partially offset by
lower net interest expense.Tax expense for FY21 represents
an effective tax rate of28%. The effective tax rate for FY20
was 27%.
NON-GAAP PROFIT MEASURE
49
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Historical financial information
HISTORIC PERFORMANCE
Unit
FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21
Revenue$m
2,0792,2752,519
2,0732,573
Expenses$m1,5781,7942,0011,6222,020
EBITDAF$m
501481518
446553
Profit/(loss)$m151132345125187
Profit per share -basiccps21.018.448.217.525.3
Operating free cash flow$m305301341290371
Operating free cash flow per sharecps
42.64247.5
40.450.2
Dividends declared
1
cps2632393935
Dividends paid$m
186201251280274
Total assets$m
5,4555,3114,954
4,8965,028
Total liabilities$m
2,6772,5842,172
2,2752,101
Total equity$m
2,7782,7272,782
2,6212,927
Gearing ratio%3635283123
50
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
FY21FY20
Reference number for
Wholesale segment
note (see following
page)
Twelve months ended 30 June 2021Twelve months ended 30 June 2020
VolumeGWAPVolumeGWAP
Note: this table has not been rounded andmight not addGWh$/MWh$mGWh$/MWh$m
Electricity sales to Customer
3,60593.7338
3,741 88.8 3321
Electricity sales to C&I (netback)
1,76282.3145
2,09280.3168
2Electricity sales –Direct
81111.19
79105.18
Electricity sales to C&I
1,84483.6154
2,171 81.2176
CfDs–Tiwaisupport
734
828
3
CfDs -Long term sales
531
581
CfDs -Short term sales
1,408
676
Electricity sales -CFDs
2,673109.7293
2,085 72.9152
Total contracted electricity sales
8,12196.7785
7,99782.6 661
Steam sales
64543.728
544 47.6 26 4
Other income
5
0 5
Net income on gas sales
2
1 6
Net income on electricity related services
1
2 7
Net other income
16
2
Total contracted revenue (1)
8,76693.4821
8,54080.6 689
8
Generation costs
8,486(38.3)(316)
8,523(31.2)(266)
Acquired generation cost
554(116.8)(65)
335(113.9)(38)9
Generation costs (including acquired generation) (2)
9,040(43.1)(381)
8,858 (34.3)(304)
Spot electricity revenue
8,404176.41,482
8,44499.7 84210
Settlement on acquired generation
554207.6115
335115.4 3911
Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)
8,959178.31,597
8,779100.3880
Spot electricity cost
(5,367)(185.9)(998)
(5,833)(109.0)(636)12
Settlement on CFDs sold
(2,673)(191.3)(511)
(2,085)(97.8)(204)13
Spot purchases and settlement on CFDs sold (LWAP)
(8,040)(187.7)(1,509)
(7,918)(106.0)(840)
Trading, merchant revenue and losses(3)
88
41
Wholesale EBITDAF (1+2+3)
527
426
Wholesale segment
SEGMENTAL PERFORMANCE
51
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Wholesale segment key
Wholesale segment
Reference to detailed operating
segment performance
Comment
Revenue
C&I electricity –Fixed Price2
C&I electricity –Spot2-spot
Spot sales are regarded as a pass-through and not reflected in
performance reporting, any margin included in C&I netback
Wholesale electricity, net of hedging3+10+13
Electricity related services revenue7
Inter-segment electricity sales1
Gas6
Revenuefrom wholesale gas sales, purchase cost in gas and
diesel purchases
Steam4
Other income5
Costs
Electricity purchases, net of hedging9+11+12
Electricity purchases–Spot2-spotSpot sales are regarded as a pass-through
Electricity related services cost7
Gasand diesel purchases8 (less costs identified relating to 6)Includeswholesale gas sales purchases (if any)
Gas storage costs8
Carbon emissions8
Generation transmission andreserve costs8
Electricity networks,transmission and meter costs –Fixed Price2
Electricity networks,transmission and meter costs –Spot2-spotSpot sales are regarded as a pass-through
Gas networks,transmission and meter costs8
Other operating expenses8 (less costs identified relating to 2)
C&Ioperating costs are included in the calculation of netback
(2) and are excluded from generation operating costs
SEGMENT NOTE TO OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
52
Contact Energy / FY21 Full Year Results Presentation / 16 August 2021
Residential electricityunit
FY18FY19FY20FY21
Residential gasunit
FY18FY19FY20FY21
Average connections#359,171353,105355,073357,117Average connections#60,90561,71161,59160,701
Sales volumesGWh2,5492,4912,5322,520Sales volumesTJ1,6001,6051,5771,495
Average usageper ICP7.17.17.17.1Average usageper ICP26.326.025.624.6
Tariff$/MWh250.1251.7250.4253.4Tariff$/GJ31.631.533.135.3
Network, meters and levies$/MWh-122.4-122.1-118.8-113.5Network, meters and levies$/GJ-19.6-18.4-17.9-17.7
Energy costs$/MWh-86.7-89.5-94.8-100.2Energy costs$/GJ-5.6-5.9-7.9-8.6
Gross margin$/MWh41.040.236.839.7Carbon costs$/GJ-0.7-1.0-1.4-1.5
Gross margin$ per ICP291283262280Gross margin$/GJ5.86.35.97.5
Gross margin$m10410093100Gross margin$ per ICP152165151185
Gross margin$m910911
SME electricityunit
FY18FY19FY20FY21
SME gasunit
FY18FY19FY20FY21
Average connections#57,30955,02055,03349,679Average connections#3,6773,9013,9473,876
Sales volumesGWh1,0991,042991860Sales volumesTJ1,3001,4921,4251,313
Average usageper ICP19.218.918.017.3Average usageper ICP353.5382.6361.0338.8
Tariff$/MWh224.1226.8229.3231.7Tariff$/GJ15.515.115.516.3
Network, meters and levies$/MWh-108.0-111.9-114.5-106.4Network, meters and levies$/GJ-4.5-5.5-6.0-7.9
Energy costs$/MWh-84.8-87.7-93.0-99.3Energy costs$/GJ-5.6-5.9-7.9-8.6
Gross margin$/MWh31.327.221.826.1Carbon costs$/GJ-0.7-1.0-1.4-1.5
Gross margin$ per ICP599516393451Gross margin$/GJ4.82.80.2-1.6
Gross margin$m34282222Gross margin$ per ICP1,6891,06872-552
Gross margin$m640-2
Customer EBITDAF
FY18FY19FY20FY21
Electricity Gross margin$m139128115123
Gas Gross Margin$m151499
Broadband Gross Margin$m010-0.8
Total Gross Margin$m154144125131
Other income$m4456
Other operating costs$m-82-81-79-81
Customer EBITDAF$m76675056
Corporate allocation (50%)¹$m-12-13-15-15
Retailing EBITDAF$m64543540
EBITDAF margins (% of revenue)%6.7%5.7%3.7%4.3%
Customer segment
HISTORIC PERFORMANCE
---
Template
Results announcement
(for Equity Security issuer/Equity and Debt Security issuer)
Updated as at 17 October 2019
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2021
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2020
Currency NZD
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$2,573,000 24.1%
Total Revenue $2,573,000 24.1%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$187,000 49.8%
Total net profit/(loss) $187,000 49.8%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$ 0.21000000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.05444444
Record Date 27 August 2021
Dividend Payment Date 15 September 2021
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$3.18 $3.08
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Matthew Forbes, GM Corporate Finance
Contact phone number +64 21 072 8578
Contact email address investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
16/08/2021
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Template
Distribution Notice
Updated as at 18 December 2019
Please note: all cash amounts in this form should be provided to 8 decimal places
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary shares
NZX ticker code CEN
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZCENE0001S6
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date 27/08/2021
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
26/08/2021
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
15/09/2021
Total monies associated with the
distribution
1
$162,985,634.70
(776,122,070 shares @ $0.21 / share)
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Operating Free Cash Flow
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution
2
$0.26444444
Gross taxable amount
3
$0.26444444
Total cash distribution
4
$0.21000000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
N/A – Not a listed PIE
Supplementary distribution amount $0.02470588
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
5
Is the distribution imputed Fully imputed
Partial imputation
No imputation
1
Continuous issuers should indicate that this is based on the number of units on issue at the date of the form
2
“Gross distribution” is the total cash distribution plus the amount of imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of
Resident Withholding Tax (RWT).
3
“Gross taxable amount” is the gross distribution minus any excluded income.
4
“Total cash distribution” is the cash distribution excluding imputation credits, per financial product, before the deduction of RWT.
This should include any excluded amounts, where applicable to listed PIEs.
5
The imputation credits plus the RWT amount is 33% of the gross taxable amount for the purposes of this form. If the distribution is
fully imputed the imputation credits will be 28% of the gross taxable amount with remaining 5% being RWT. This does not constitute
advice as to whether or not RWT needs to be withheld.
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
6
21%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$0.05444444
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$0.03282222
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
0% - No discount
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
26/08/2021 01/09/2021
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
02/09/2021
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New issue
DRP strike price per financial product
Not available at this time
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
30/08/2021
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to make
this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Matthew Forbes, GM Corporate Finance
Contact phone number
+64 21 072 8578
Contact email address
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
16 August 2021
6
Calculated as (imputation credits/gross taxable amount) x 100. Fully imputed dividends will be 28% as a % rate applied.
---
Growing.
Investing.
Leading.
2021 Integrated Report
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
Welcome to our second integrated report. This report explains
how Contact Energy creates value over time, or as we say in our
company vision, how we are building a better New Zealand.
Our leadership team has reviewed the report and our CEO Mike Fuge and the Board have confirmed
it is a true and accurate picture of how Contact Energy created value for our stakeholders in the 12 months
to 30 June 2021.
We expect it to be of interest to our people, customers, investors, suppliers, business partners, local
communities, tangata whenua, legislators, regulators, policymakers and all other stakeholders.
It follows the principles-based approach of the Integrated Reporting Framework and reflects our
ongoing journey towards integrated thinking, focused on value creation.
This report is dated 16 August 2021 and is signed on behalf of the Board of Directors of Contact Energy:
Robert McDonald
Chair
Our Chair Robert McDonald and the Board of Directors will host shareholders at the Contact Energy
AGM in mid-November 2021. The notice of meeting and agenda will be provided to shareholders in
October 2021.
More than 98 per cent of Contact Energy shareholders receive digital reports f rom us. We encourage
shareholders to move to digital, and we’ve also ensured the 2,000 printed reports use environmentally
responsible paper and inks.
Dame Therese Walsh
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
3
Contents
Jargon buster 4
Key activity in FY21 5
Chair’s report 6
CEO’s report 8
Who we are 11
Our Board 12
Our leadership team 13
Our moral compass 14
Our operations 15
Creating value 17
Our supply chain 20
What matters most 21
Contact26 – Our strategy 23
STRATEGIC THEMES 26
Grow demand 27
Study into green hydrogen 27
Electrification of space heating 27
Decarbonising process heat 28
Attracting demand f rom data centres 28
Decarbonising road transport 28
Grow renewable development 29
Tauhara build proceeding 29
Beyond Tauhara 30
North Island battery investigations 30
Growing demand flexibility 30
Supplying geothermal process heat 30
Thermal portfolio 31
Thermal asset review 31
The thermal transition for New Zealand 31
Creating outstanding customer experiences 32
Growing customer engagement 32
Supporting customer wellbeing 33
Managing customer debt 33
Responding to energy hardship 34
Privacy 34
STRATEGIC ENABLERS 35
ESG 36
Where we focus 36
A sustainable supply chain 37
Supporting community wellbeing 38
Responding to climate change 39
Financial implications of climate change 41
Using water resources sustainably 41
Protecting biodiversity 42
TWoW 43
How we’re transforming ways of working 43
Changing labour market 44
Embedding inclusion and diversity 44
Shaping our Contact Community 45
Employee health, safety, environment and
wellbeing 45
Operational excellence 47
Financial performance 47
Our regulatory environment 48
Governance matters 50
Our Board 51
Code of Conduct and policies 53
Risk management and assurance 54
Remuneration report 55
Additional disclosures 61
Statutory disclosures 62
Sustainability disclosures 67
TCFD index 77
GRI index 78
Financial statements 80
Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report 106
Corporate directory 111
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
4
Jargon buster
ASX Australian Securities Exchange.
Contact The company called Contact Energy Limited. Unless otherwise
stated, all activities and indicators in this report are for Contact.
CEN Contact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX.
Contact26 Contact’s strategy which sets out the company’s plan of action
for the five years until 2026.
EBITDAF Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation,
and changes in fair value of financial instruments.
ERANZ The Electricity Retailers Association represents companies
that sell electricity to New Zealand customers and businesses.
ERANZ’s role is to promote and enhance a sustainable and
competitive retail electricity market that delivers value to
electricity customers.
ESG The environmental, social and governance factors to evaluate
performance.
EV Electric vehicle.
FY19 The financial year ended 30 June 2019.
FY20 The financial year ended 30 June 2020.
FY21 The financial year ended 30 June 2021.
FY22 The financial year ended 30 June 2022.
FTE A ‘full-time equivalent’ is a way to measure the workload of
one person.
GRI The Global Reporting Initiative is an international independent
standards organisation that helps businesses, governments
and other organisations understand and communicate their
impacts on things like climate change, human rights and
corruption.
The Group This is Contact Energy Limited, Contact Energy Trustee
Company Limited (a subsidiary), Simply Energy Limited
(a subsidiary), Western Energy Services Limited (a subsidiary)
and Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership (an associate).
Hydrology The scientific study of the movement, distribution, and
management of water. The ‘hydrologic cycle’ involves the
continuous circulation of water and underpins hydroelectric
generation.
<IR> The Integrated Reporting Framework is a principles-based
f ramework for corporate reporting.
NZAS New Zealand’s Aluminium Smelter is the country’s only
aluminium smelter and is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across
the harbour f rom Bluff in Southland.
NZX New Zealand Stock Exchange.
SDGs Sustainable Development Goals are 17 global goals designed
to be a “blueprint to achieve a better and more sustainable
future for all”. The SDGs were set in 2015 by the United Nations
General Assembly and are intended to be achieved by 2030.
Stratford Stratford power station comprises one combined cycle unit
CCGT and two open cycle gas turbine units.
TCFD The Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures
provides a f ramework for climate-related financial risk
disclosures.
Terrawatt Unit of power equal to one million million watts.
TRIFR Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate is a globally
recognised measure of injury rates that can be benchmarked.
TWoW Transformative Ways of Working is one of our major strategic
focuses for the coming 12–18 months. It’s about reimagining
our traditional ways of working.
Jargon buster
Key activity this financial year
July
$40m appraisal confirms Tauhara
geothermal field is a world-class,
low-emissions renewable project.
Jacqui Nelson joined the leadership
team as Chief Generation Officer.
Launched our office/
home rotational
working model for
our customer teams.
August
Announced FY20 results with EBITDAF
of $451m* and net profit of $125m.
Announced we were taking 100%
ownership of energy solution business
Simply Energy.
First Kiwi company to join
the Nasdaq Sustainable
Bond Network.
September
Paid 23c per share FY20 final dividend
to investors, following on f rom interim
dividend of 16c per share in April 2020.
October
Ngā Kaihautū o te awa o Waikato
presented their assessment of the
cultural impacts of the 2019 Karapiti
incident.
November
Director Whaimutu Dewes advised
he would retire f rom the Board in
March 2021.
December
OMV revised down estimates of the
gas it could produce for us f rom the
Maui/Pohokura fields in 2021.
Fined $162,500 in the Environment
Court for the 2019 Karapiti incident’s
impact on the Waipuwerawera and
Waikato awa.
Announced feasibility study with
Meridian Energy to investigate
green hydrogen in Southland.
January
Agreed to supply a portion of the
Tiwai Point aluminium smelter’s
electricity as its owners confirmed it
would operate until the end of 2024.
Signed a four-year sustainability-linked
loan with MUFG Bank worth $75m.
February
Announced $580m investment to
develop 152MW geothermal power
station at Tauhara, and began a
strategic review of our thermal assets.
FY21 interim results revealed EBITDAF
of $246m and net profit of $78m.
Announced a $400m
equity raise for our
capital investment
programme.
March
Rukumoana Schaafhausen joined the
Board as an independent director.
Established a new arrangement with
highly regarded wind generation
experts Roaring40s.
Director Dame Therese Walsh advised
she would retire f rom the Board.
Marked the beginning of the Tauhara
power station construction with a
ceremony hosted by Tauhara Hapū.
April
Acquired Taupō-based geothermal
well specialists Western Energy.
Named most trusted electricity/gas
provider in Reader’s Digest Trusted
Brand awards.
Cleared of breaching the
Electricity Authority’s
conduct rules after an
investigation into our
actions when Clutha
River was in flood in 2019.
May
Customers Open Country Dairy and
Nature’s Flame were winners at the
2021 Energy Excellence Awards.
Announced our ‘Thermal Co’ concept as
a potential option to enable low-carbon
security of supply for NZ.
June
Published new verified science-based
climate change targets in line with
limiting global warming to 1.5 ̊C.
Announced sponsorship of the APEC
CEO Summit 2021.
Rated lowest in Consumer NZ’s 2021
power company satisfaction survey.
Reached 50,000
broadband connection
milestone.
23c
per share
50k
broadband
connections
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
5
Key activity this financial year
* refer to note A2 of the
financial statements.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
6
Chair’s report
Welcome to Contact’s FY21 integrated report. I’m very pleased to be sharing
some observations on the year, and to be looking ahead to the future
possibilities and opportunities for Contact.
As you read this year’s report, you’ll see that
FY21 has been a year in which we have achieved
a lot, we have delivered good returns for our
shareholders, and we have ensured the business
is well-positioned for future growth. I acknowledge
everyone on the Contact team who has put their
energy in day after day to make this happen.
Even with the unpredictable and unprecedented
challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic, Contact’s
people have consistently delivered.
Strategy
The Contact26 strategy was developed in the second
half of FY21 and sets out the company’s plan of action
for the five years until 2026. This report is structured
around the Contact26 strategic themes and enablers.
It also uses the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI)
standards and the International Integrated Reporting
Council <IR> Framework to report on material
environmental, social and governance activities,
and to provide a balanced view of our performance.
Through Contact26, Contact is ushering in a time
of significant change and adaptation, and is being
positioned for growth. The focus is on leading
New Zealand’s decarbonisation.
New Zealand is privileged to start the
decarbonisation journey with a low-carbon
electricity system. As demand for electricity
grows with industry and transport decarbonising,
Contact will bring new renewable projects to
market to meet that increased demand.
To that end we are very pleased to be progressing
with the world-class Tauhara geothermal project.
The final decision to proceed was accompanied by
$580m of additional investment. We are absolutely
delighted that market conditions now allow us to
proceed with this important development – one
which has been in the planning stages for more
than a decade.
We believe the Tauhara geothermal project
is New Zealand’s best low-carbon renewable
electricity opportunity. It will operate 24/7, is not
reliant on the weather and is ideal for displacing
baseload fossil fuel generation f rom the national
grid, which will significantly reduce New Zealand’s
carbon emissions.
It was notable that Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern
and the Minister of Energy Hon Dr Megan Woods
joined us in March for the launch ceremony hosted
by Tauhara hapū: Tauhara is not just important for
Contact, but for New Zealand. It is a major post-
COVID-19 private sector investment, and will have a
substantial impact on the country’s goal to become
100 per cent renewable-energy powered by 2030.
In March we successfully completed a $400m
equity raise for our capital investment programme,
to initially reduce net debt and provide financial
flexibility to fund the Tauhara project and other
future growth projects. The capital raise gives
us the flexibility to execute on up to $800m of
additional projects beyond Tauhara.
Looking to future growth projects, this year
we entered an exclusive partnership with wind
generation experts Roaring40s to develop a
pipeline of large-scale wind generation assets,
we acquired specialist geothermal service
company Western Energy, and in July 2021 we
released a report we have been working on with
Meridian Energy that examines the potential to
develop green hydrogen at scale in the South Island.
New Zealand is privileged to start the decarbonisation journey
with a low-carbon electricity system. As demand for electricity
grows with industry and transport decarbonising, Contact will
bring new renewable projects to market to meet that increased
demand.
Chair’s report
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
7
The Contact26 strategy was developed in the second half of FY21
and sets out the company’s plan of action for the five years until
2026.
Projects like Tauhara and other potential geothermal
developments, the work that Western Energy
does to make geothermal production more
efficient, the work that Simply Energy does
to help customers, examining the potential of
hydrogen, and investigating the best wind projects
are exactly the types of things that will play an
important role in New Zealand’s transition to a
low-carbon future.
Contact26 gives impetus to these important projects
and many others across the company. This includes
using automation and digitisation to simplify
experiences, and expanding into new products
and plans to help our customers. And it includes
embracing transformative ways of working to ensure
we have a highly engaged and productive team.
Contact26 was underpinned by two significant shifts
in our operating environment. Rio Tinto announced
it would extend the operation of New Zealand’s
Aluminium Smelter at Tiwai Point – a major source
of demand for the energy sector – until the end
of 2024. Alongside that we have the continued
acceleration in stakeholder expectations and
regulatory pressure around natural resource
management, particularly climate change, and
the drive for action to reduce New Zealand’s
carbon dioxide emissions.
Contact is pleased to have played its part in helping
to secure the NZAS resolution, which has provided
much-needed certainty that the transition away
f rom this significant source of demand can be
achieved in an orderly way.
Financials
FY21 has been a year in which we have continued
to deliver solid returns for our shareholders and
made significant moves to ensure the company
is well-positioned for the future.
We delivered a strong financial result in FY21 after
successfully navigating the potential departure of
major energy users, the short-term issues around
low rainfall in the hydro catchments, and the
ongoing challenges around gas supply.
As signalled last year, the dividend policy was revised
to target a payout ratio of between 80 and 100
per cent of the average operating f ree cash flow
of the preceding four financial years. This saw the
Board approve a final cash dividend of 21 cents
per share which will be paid on 15 September 2021
and deliver investors a 35 cents per share annual
dividend.
People
On a personal note, I would like to acknowledge
the departure in March of independent director
Whaimutu Dewes after more than 10 years on
the Contact Board. Independent director Dame
Therese Walsh will also leave the Contact Board
this year to focus on her other governance roles.
Both Whaimutu and Dame Therese have made
considerable contributions to Contact and I would
like to thank them both very much, and to wish
them both well.
In March we were joined by a new independent
director, Rukumoana Schaafhausen. She holds a
range of governance roles at various organisations
and has strong iwi connections and experience.
We are delighted to have her strong values, diverse
thinking, and passion for Aotearoa on the Contact
Board. We are looking forward to having Sandra
Dodds join the Contact Board in September.
She will bring an international inf rastructure
perspective, as well as strong financial skills and
governance experience.
I would also like to formally thank Mike and the
leadership team for consistently demonstrating
strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to
our external stakeholders, and ensuring that we
deliver on our strategy. The results, and the many
other significant accomplishments outlined in
this report, are a testament to this.
I think we can all be proud of the important
contribution Contact is making to New Zealand
and the position the company is in. Contact is
a strong participant in New Zealand’s efficient,
competitive energy market, and is well placed
to be a leader in the country’s decarbonisation.
Over the coming year we will focus on delivering
our Contact26 strategy, as we build a better
future for New Zealand and create value for all
stakeholders, alongside sustainable success over
the long term.
Ngā mihi nui,
Robert McDonald
Chair
Chair’s report
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
8
CEO’s report
I’m delighted to be sharing my perspectives on another action-packed and
opportunity-laden year for Contact, after completing my first full year as CEO.
I feel pride and satisfaction at all that we have
achieved over the past year. We have continued
our strong performance and positioned ourselves
well for the future. As we look to FY22 and beyond,
there is a lot more to do – it is a very exciting time
to be involved in the electricity sector.
We have had a significant strategic reset with
Contact26, which was delivered in the second half
of FY21 and has ushered in an exciting new chapter
for the business. At the heart of Contact26 is our
commitment to building a better New Zealand
and leading the country’s decarbonisation.
We will do this by growing demand for New Zealand’s
renewable electricity; developing new, renewable,
flexible electricity generation; decarbonising our
portfolio; and creating outstanding customer
experiences. The key enablers of our strategy will
be our commitment to strong environmental, social
and governance practices, a focus on operational
excellence and the ongoing transformation of how
we work.
We are well-positioned to deliver our strategy.
We have a strong platform with our existing
knowledge and capabilities in decarbonisation.
We have the renewable assets and development
pipeline we need to provide firm and flexible
electricity supply at a reasonable price. And
we have considerable flexibility in our portfolio.
We also have the people with the passion,
capability and commitment to deliver.
Advances in technology and the improving
economics will accelerate the shift toward
electrification across the economy. Fossil fuel
input costs have rapidly risen, with carbon costs
doubling over the past two years. Gas prices are
rising as supply becomes less secure. Meanwhile
the cost of green technologies has fallen, as new
uses like green hydrogen emerge and electric
vehicle production gains scale.
The upshot is that clean, low-cost, renewable
electricity will be increasingly attractive and
in hot demand. And we are ready to respond.
We are more than ready. We are in action.
Tauhara and beyond
Most notably, we made the decision in February
to proceed with the development of the Tauhara
geothermal power station.
An enormous amount of complex work went into
the project ahead of the final investment decision:
research, preparation, discussion, listening and
engineering wizardry must happen before
an investment like this can get off the ground.
It has been a long time coming, with some of the
people involved at Contact since the initial phase
of investigation kicked off more than 10 years ago.
I would like to thank the team for their perseverance,
resilience and patience. I have appreciated the
guidance and passion of our then deputy CEO
James Kilty and the intellectual horsepower and
common sense of Dr Mike Dunstall and our team
of engineers and project managers. We have a
fantastic team f rom within and beyond Contact
who will ensure the construction of a world-class
power station that everyone can be very proud of.
It does not stop with Tauhara. We are actively
looking at how we can bring more geothermal
development forward in response to the clear
market signals. And we are underway with
innovative options including increased generation
efficiency f rom our existing assets (for example,
new and improved turbines and refined
geothermal processes) and exploring options
around wind, solar and the potential development
of a battery in the North Island.
CEO’s report
At the heart of Contact26 is
our commitment to building a
better New Zealand by leading
the country’s decarbonisation.
Another major focus is on
the retail business where our
energy is going into creating
outstanding customer
experiences.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
9
I am also excited about our work with Meridian
Energy to investigate the potential of a large-
scale, renewable hydrogen production facility
in the lower South Island. This could see a new
industry established that could deliver long-term
economic value for New Zealand while helping to
decarbonise our economy.
Another major focus is on the retail business
where our energy is going into creating outstanding
customer experiences. This commitment has
seen us grow our net promoter score across all of
our customer ‘touchpoints’ by 39 points over the
past five years in a highly competitive market.
Disappointingly we rated lowest in Consumer NZ’s
power company satisfaction survey. We intend to
understand what contributed to this.
In line with our plans to increase customer
connections by expanding into new products
and services, we now have more than 50,000
broadband connections and we are New Zealand’s
fastest-growing broadband provider. We had zero
broadband connections four years ago.
1 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measure. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2
to the financial statements.
People
Our focus also remains very much on our people.
We know the success of our strategy hinges on
our people being ready and excited to execute.
We have a fantastic team, engagement is high, and
we are building our capability to support growth.
This will see us build on our Transformative Ways
of Working (TWoW) programme to re-engineer
the way we work. We are making work at Contact
more flexible for our people, improving their
experience, helping them to be productive, and
at the same time delivering savings to the bottom
line. Our engagement survey results show we are
moving in the right direction, but we will need to
keep evolving and improving.
We have had some changes to our leadership team
this year. Our Chief Customer Officer Vena Crawley
left the company in April 2021. He was a highly
valued member of the leadership team, and has
delivered on the retail business transformation
and the development of our technology strategy,
and created our digital and data road map.
Deputy CEO James Kilty finished up at Contact in
July 2021, to take up the role of CEO at electricity
distributor Powerco. James has made a huge
contribution to Contact and the New Zealand
electricity industry after nearly 20 years at the
company. He has been instrumental in delivering
countless major strategic initiatives across all areas
of the Contact business – I have enjoyed his keen
strategic mind and wise counsel.
On behalf of the Contact whānau, I would like to
thank both James and Vena and wish them well
for the future.
In July 2020 we announced the appointment of
Jacqui Nelson as Chief Generation Officer with
responsibility for operations and energy market
trading. Jacqui has been with Contact for more
than 15 years in a wide range of roles across
finance, resource management, trading and most
recently as General Manager of Operations.
And in another significant appointment,
Jack Ariel took up the new role of General Manager,
Major Projects in April. Jack is responsible for
overseeing the execution of all major surface
engineering projects, starting with the Tauhara
power station development.
Financial performance
This year we’ve delivered a strong financial
performance with EBITDAF
1
up 24 per cent year-on-
year to $553m, and profit up significantly to $187m.
Our results are underpinned by continued smart
channel management of our flexible portfolio
of gas-fired and renewable assets, continued
operational excellence, strong asset availability,
and a strong finanical position.
We have done a very good job in securing gas
supply to ensure we could continue to generate
electricity and help keep the lights on when
renewable generation options were constrained
by weather and restricted gas supply.
In FY21 we will deliver investors a 35 cents per share
annual dividend, down slightly f rom 39 cents per
share in FY20, and in line with the dividend policy
updated in February.
CEO’s report
We have a fantastic team,
engagement is high, and we
are building our capability
to support growth.
While we can be proud of our
FY21 performance and results,
and the ground we have taken
to assure future growth, there
is no room for complacency.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
10
The future
While we can be proud of our FY21 performance
and results, and the ground we have taken
to assure future growth, there is no room for
complacency.
Our retail landscape continues to change with
Trustpower announcing in June that its retail
business (including electricity, gas, fixed and
wireless broadband and mobile phone services)
will be acquired by Mercury Energy, subject to
Commerce Commission approval. We’re looking
forward to the challenges or changes this brings
to the market – after all, competition drives us to
evolve faster and it will bring out the best in us
for our customers.
We continue to see volatility in the wholesale market,
underpinned by the increase in gas shortages and
gas field issues over the past three years and the
impact on investment that accompanied the
Tiwai Point smelter’s threatened closure.
There is no doubt flexible thermal generation will
be required as New Zealand transitions to 100 per
cent renewable. But market stability encourages
investment in sustainable generation and we have
made a good start with more than two terawatt
hours of low-carbon renewable generation projects
set to come on stream across the sector in the next
three years.
As an industry we will need to expedite sensible
decarbonisation, while maintaining security of
supply and affordability.
One action we’ve taken on that f ront is to
start engaging about an option to consolidate
New Zealand’s thermal generation arrangements
into one entity. As the market transitions to lower-
carbon solutions, we are likely to see sub-optimal
levels of capacity f rom intermittent renewables,
for example, for demand peaks or dry periods.
Additional flexibility f rom fast-start thermal
generation will continue to be needed during
the transition, however asset owners will struggle
to make economic returns as the f requency of
use declines. We believe consolidating thermal
assets into a new ‘Thermal Co’ could encourage
electricity generation f rom coal and gas-fired
plants in ways that are aligned with New Zealand’s
decarbonisation objectives, ensuring affordable,
ongoing stable electricity supply, and we are
talking with stakeholders about this.
There is a further stake in the ground for our
industry with the goals and challenges set out
in the Climate Change Commission’s advice
to the Government in June. Our response at
Contact is unequivocal: we are up for the challenge.
Let’s get moving.
It is a hugely exciting time to be involved in the
electricity sector. As a country and a company
we have some audacious goals. We are confident
we can deliver and we are looking forward to it.
Last, and definitely not least, I would like to thank
everyone at Contact for their hard work throughout
the year. None of this would be possible without
our people.
Ngā mihi nui,
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
CEO’s report
We believe consolidating
thermal assets into a new
‘Thermal Co’ could encourage
electricity generation
aligned with New Zealand’s
decarbonisation objectives.
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
11
Who we are
Whaimutu Dewes left the Board on 31 March 2021.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
12
Jon Macdonald
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed Nov 2018
Chair, People
Committee
Member, Development
Committee
Victoria Crone
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed Nov 2015
Member, Audit and Risk
Committee
David Smol
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed Oct 2018
Member, Safety
and Sustainability
Committee
Chair, Development
Committee
Dame Therese Walsh
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed Sep 2018
Chair, Audit and Risk
Committee
Member, People
Committee
Robert McDonald
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR
Appointed Nov 2015
Member, People
Committee
Rukumoana
Schaafhausen
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed Mar 2021
Member Safety
and Sustainability
Committee
Member Audit and
Risk Committee
Elena Trout
INDEPENDENT
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed Oct 2016
Chair, Safety and
Sustainability
Committee
Member, Development
Committee
In Governance matters we include a matrix setting out the Board’s expertise across a range of
strategic skills. You can also find full profiles of the directors on our website.
Our Board
Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding and strong experience to the boardroom table. Their governance
sets our strategic course and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk-taking. They ask the hard questions until
they are satisfied with decisions, help us seize the right opportunities, and ensure we balance the interests of all of
our stakeholders.
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
13
Jan Bibby
CHIEF PEOPLE
OFFICER
Joined 2019
James Kilty
DEPUTY CHIEF
EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Joined 2002
Dorian Devers
CHIEF FINANCIAL
OFFICER
Joined 2018
Jacqui Nelson
CHIEF GENERATION
OFFICER
Joined 2004
Mike Fuge
CHIEF EXECUTIVE
OFFICER
Joined 2020
Matt Bolton
CHIEF CUSTOMER
OFFICER (ACTING)
Joined 2009
Joined leadership
team Mar 2021
Catherine
Thompson
CHIEF CORPORATE
AFFAIRS OFFICER &
GENERAL COUNSEL
Joined 2010
Iain Gauld
CHIEF INFORMATION
OFFICER
Joined 2017
Joined leadership
team Mar 2021
Jack Ariel
GENERAL MANAGER
MAJOR PROJECTS
Joined Apr 2021
You can also find full profiles of our leadership team on our website.
Our leadership team
Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They also ensure the Board receives accurate and
timely information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial conditions and prospects.
They manage the day-to-day operations of Contact, our people and our resources to ensure these function effectively and
efficiently. They demonstrate strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to our external stakeholders.
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
14
Our moral compass – Ngā Tikanga
Our Tikanga guides our actions, both as individuals and as Contact,
and is our set of principles, commitments and behaviours.
Principles
We act professionally at all times.
We care about the health and safety
of our people and minimise health,
safety and environmental impacts on
customers and communities.
We put our energy into things that
matter by:
·
adding value to resources under
our control
·
being inclusive, encouraging
diversity and expression of ideas
and opinions
·
creating value for our stakeholders
·
ensuring the sustainability of our
business
·
looking after natural and shared
resources
·
being a good neighbour in
communities.
We’re authentic and make sound
decisions knowing they’ll be subject
to scrutiny.
Commitments
Creating value for our customers and
communities by developing smart
solutions that make life easier.
Creating a rewarding workplace
for our people by valuing everyone’s
contribution, encouraging personal
development, recognising good
performance and fostering equal
opportunity.
Respecting the rights and interests
of communities by listening, and
understanding and managing the
environmental, economic and social
impacts of our activities.
Respecting the rights and interests
of our business partners so we
work collaboratively to create valued,
rewarding partnerships.
Delivering market-leading
performance for shareholders by
identifying, developing, operating and
growing value-creating businesses.
Staying a step ahead, anticipating the
things that are going to matter to our
business and New Zealand.
Behaviours
Pointed focus sharpens us
Human kindness connects us
Curiosity propels us
Progressive defines us
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
15
Our operationsConnections
Connections
by energy type
Volume sold GWh
Connections
by account type
420k
52k
65k
51k
59k
58k
65k
26k
780
838
27k
424k
417k
5.6k
416k
5.1k
Electricity
Electricity
Residential
Natural gas
Natural gas
BusinessOther
(including broadband)
Broadband
945
employees
532k
total customer connections at 30 June 2021
63k
shareholders
+
31
Net Promoter Score
97.6%
gender pay ratio
1
,
045k
tCO
2
e Scope 1 Group emissions
0
tier 1 process safety incidents
8TWh
contracted electricity sales
$2.9b
net assets
35c
per share dividend
81%
renewable generation
$79m
tax paid
430k
spent in communities
All figures at 30 June 2021 or for FY21
2021
2020
Who we are
These connection figures include Simply Energy connnections.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
16
2021 generation by station and typeWhere we are
3,698
(GWh)
1,592
(GWh)
8.4TWh
Total generated
Dunedin
Roxburgh
Clyde
Hawea
Wellington
Levin
Stratford
Te Rapa
Auckland
Whirinaki
Tauhara
UNDER
CONSTRUCTION
Ohaaki
Te Mihi
Simply
Energy
Simply
Energy
Western
Energy
Offices and call centres
Contact Energy sites
Subsidiaries
Geothermal power station
Hydroelectric power station
Storage lake
Simply Energy
Thermal power station
Western Energy
WairākeiTe Huka
Poihipi
Who we are
Roxburgh (320 MW)
Clyde (432 MW)
Te Mihi (166 MW)
Wairākei (132 MW)
Poihipi (55 MW)
Ohaaki (44 MW)
Te Huka (28 MW)
Tauhara (152 MW)
Under construction
Stratford – Peakers (210 MW)
Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)
Te Rapa and Whirinaki (199MW)
2,031
1,126
234
232
1,667
1,240
1,081
339
299
155
HydroGeothermalThermal
3,114
(GWh)
Creating value
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
17
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
18
Creating value
This section sets out our business model. We are creating and contributing
to a better New Zealand by putting our energy where it matters.
It includes an overview of the resources and
relationships (or ‘capitals’) that are deployed in
or impact on our business, the influence of the
external environment, and a summary of our
key business activities.
The outputs – and ultimately the outcomes –
that emerge f rom these interactions are how
we create value for Contact, New Zealand,
communities, our people and all of our other
stakeholders over the short, medium and
long term.
External environment
The external environment we operate in impacts
our value creation. This includes economic
conditions such as the post-COVID-19 recovery,
technological change and the rise of digital
for customers, political activity, regulatory
policymaking such as implementing the
recommendations of the Electricity Price Review,
societal change as the population ages and
diversifies, and environmental factors such as
climate change.
For more detailed observations about the external
environment for Contact in FY21 and beyond,
please read the overviews f rom our Chair Robert
McDonald, our CEO Mike Fuge and Contact26 –
our decarbonisation strategy.
“New Zealand has one of the
world’s leading energy systems
when it comes to sustainability,
security and affordability. It is
the only country that has had a
triple A grade in all three areas
since 2000.”
Business NZ
The trilemma
The World Energy Council’s energy trilemma is a
three-dimensional problem that involves balancing
the security of energy supply with environmental
sustainability and affordability.
It neatly provides a f ramework for articulating
the areas where Contact puts its energy to create
sustainable value for New Zealanders; we’re working
hard to improve accessibility, demonstrate reliability
and look after the environment.
The trilemma also demonstrates the competing
demands and trade-offs at play. Pushing harder
on one dimension of the trilemma may require
concessions f rom the others. For example, a
requirement for all energy production in New Zealand
to be 100 per cent renewable is likely to prove very
expensive, but a more balanced target of 95 per cent
will still deliver excellent environmental outcomes but
avoid the prohibitive costs.
“COVID-19 has changed patterns
of electricity consumption and
e-commerce, and the recovery
f rom the pandemic is likely to
be greener, exemplified by
‘build back better’.”
The World Energy Council
In the Contact context:
• accessibility is focused on customer wellbeing,
energy hardship and tailoring our products and
services to customer needs.
• reliability is focused on the resilience of our
supply chain, the impact of regulation, financial
sustainability, the reliable supply of energy, and
the safety and wellbeing of our people.
• environmental sustainability is focused
on community wellbeing, climate change,
renewable energy, water and biodiversity.
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
19
We create value by:
Capitals – We depend on various forms of capital for our success and the stocks of these increase, decrease or change in the course of our business activity.
Natural
Using, looking after and
managing natural resources
and environmental assets
are fundamental parts of
Contact’s business. This
includes water, geothermal
steam/fluid, gas, air quality,
land, carbon, biodiversity,
pest control and ecosystem
impacts.
People
The experience, expertise,
competence and passion of
our people f rom our Board
and management team
through to everyone in our
offices and sites. It captures
our ways of working, our
safety culture and our
Tikanga. It includes internal
engagement, development,
risk management,
continuous improvement
and innovation, managing
external relationships and
aligning to deliver strategy.
Relationship
Our social licence to operate
relies on myriad relationships
within and between our
communities, stakeholders
and networks. It includes
the reservoir of goodwill
and trust we earn (or burn)
with stakeholders including
tangata whenua, customers,
communities, shareholders,
local bodies, Government,
regulators, media, suppliers,
partners and our own people.
Financial
We have a pool of funds that
we deploy to produce and
deliver energy, serve our
customers and undertake
all of our other activities.
This has been generated
via our business activities,
investors and debt
arrangements.
Asset
Various physical and
intellectual assets are used in
delivering reliable, affordable
and environmentally
sustainable electricity to
New Zealanders. This includes
11 power stations, offices,
vehicles and transmission/
distribution connectivity. It
also includes our reputation,
website and application
software, IT systems, customer
databases, brands, licences
and internal ‘know-how’
around activities like safety,
transformation and
geothermal engineering.
deploying financial, natural,
relationship, asset and people capital
factoring in external environment
influences
undertaking business activities in
alignment with our Tikanga, vision
and strategy, overseen by good
governance
delivering outcomes that impact
on accessibility, reliability and
environmental sustainability.
Risk and opportunity
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
A
c
c
e
s
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
R
e
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
A
s
s
e
t
s
N
a
t
u
r
a
l
R
e
l
a
t
i
o
n
s
h
i
p
s
F
i
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
P
e
o
p
l
e
Vision and strategy
Ngā Tikanga
Governance and leadership
Supply chain
Delivering reliable generation of electricity
Growing electricity demand
Growing renewable development
Decarbonising our portfolio
Creating outstanding customer experiences
Operating with great ESG practices, operational
excellence and transformative ways of working
Build a better New Zealand by:
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
20
1. We generate
We own and operate 11 power stations
and in FY21 produced 81% of our electricity
f rom our renewable hydro and geothermal
stations. Our natural gas and diesel-fired
power stations operate to ensure the lights
stay on for New Zealanders when intermittent
renewable plants cannot operate.
2. We trade
We sell the electricity we generate on the
wholesale market. We purchase goods and
services f rom more than 2,000 suppliers.
We also trade a range of financial products
to manage our risk and create value.
3. We innovate
We create smart solutions that are good for
people (tiaki tangata) and the environment
(tiaki taiao) to help customers, partners, suppliers
and communities have a better quality of life.
We are an innovative, safe and efficient generator,
actively working with our customers, partners
and suppliers to improve energy efficiency,
reduce emissions and fight climate change.
4. We sell and serve
As a retailer we sell products and services to
thousands of individuals and businesses to
meet their energy and broadband needs.
CLYDE
ROXBURGH
TE MIHI
WAIRĀKEI
OHAAKI
TAUHARA
(UNDER CONSTRUCTION)
POIHIPI
TE HUKA
STRATFORD – CCGT
Thermal
Hydro
Geothermal
STRATFORD – PEAKERS
TE RAPA
WHIRINAKI
T
R
A
N
S
P
O
W
E
R
L
I
N
E
S
C
O
M
P
A
N
I
E
S
B
R
O
A
D
B
A
N
D
S
U
P
P
L
I
E
R
S
Our supply chain
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
21
What matters most
We use the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards
(core) and the International Integrated Reporting
Council <IR> Framework to report on material
environmental, social and governance activities, and
aim to provide a balanced view of our performance.
We also report our climate change risks using the best
practice guidance of the Task Force for Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) framework.
Unless otherwise stated, all activities and indicators are for Contact rather
than the Group.
What we did
We undertook an annual review to help determine the things
our stakeholders care about that we impact on. This assists our
understanding of the most important environmental, social and
governance issues for our business, and the opportunities for
us to create value. This review involves an environmental scan,
a review of internal documents, and what our stakeholders have
told us.
What we heard
The topics identified by each stakeholder group are set out below.
Customers
Affordability,
customer
service, helping
communities,
environmental
protection, safety,
supporting NZ
economy, climate
change, inequality,
reducing costs,
mitigating emissions
trading costs,
business resilience,
decarbonisation and
electrification, energy
efficiency, cash flow,
financial security,
privacy, cybersecurity.
Tangata whenua
Whānau/hapū/
iwi health and
wellbeing,
connection to and
care of natural
resources, respect
for cultural sites and
cultural identity,
jobs, inequality, te
reo and tikanga,
access to resources,
youth development,
cost of living.
Communities
Being a good
neighbour, impact
on the natural
environment,
climate change,
community
connection, jobs,
cost of living,
cost of energy,
mental health,
waste, inequality,
renewable energy,
supporting local
economy.
Investors
Sustainable
dividends, financial
performance,
managing risk
(including climate
change risk),
taking care of our
customers, human
rights, supply
and demand,
environmental
stewardship,
regulatory change,
social licence, ESG
credentials.
Our people
Safety, wellbeing,
professional
development,
inclusion and
diversity, technology
and systems,
flexible working and
work/life balance,
leadership, Tikanga
and company
culture, workload,
connecting with
communities, job
security.
Suppliers/partners
Continuity and
certainty of work,
maintaining supply
chains, health and
safety, natural
environment, cash
flow, access to
energy, technology.
Government
Accelerating
renewables and
electrification,
resource
management
reform, f resh water,
relationships with
tangata whenua,
inequality, regional
development, social
licence, reliability
of supply, energy
hardship and
inequality, just
transitions.
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
22
The material issues matrix
Our materiality matrix maps ‘stakeholder interest’
on the vertical axis, and ‘opportunity for Contact
to create value’ on the horizontal axis. All the topics
are important, but we report on those that rank
highest across both axes and appear in the top-
right corner.
This year we report on 13 topics grouped under
the seven areas of our Contact26 strategy.
Our key observations are:
The top specific issue f rom stakeholders was
‘protection of children’ – linking to the big theme
of future generations.
The rise in inequality was informed by the #1 issue
of our stakeholder survey – protection of children.
Also the top themes for stakeholders and shown in
national research were social issues such as poverty
and access to housing.
Water moved higher, driven by changing public
sentiment – increased concern on water quality
and supply, additional regulatory risk, focus and
reforms f rom the Government on this issue, and
continued investor disclosure requirements.
Increase in focus on financial sustainability, being
driven by increasing importance to stakeholders
in the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Stakeholders
didn’t mention customer experience much,
potentially reflecting that people are satisfied
with their customer experience. They may be more
focused currently on price and energy hardship.
With changing ways of working, it’s not surprising
that employee wellbeing is increasing in focus.
Compared to the significant focus on resilient
supply chains a year ago (during global lockdowns)
this theme did not feature much this year.
50
60
60
70
70
Significance of the impact or opportunity
Influence on stakeholder assessment and decisions
80
80
90
90
100
100
Inequality
Technology
Customer
experience
Energy
hardship
Customer
wellbeing
Grow demand
Grow renewable
Thermal portfolio
Customer experience
Regulation
Resilient
supply chain
Employee safety
& wellbeing
Financial
sustainability
Community
wellbeing
Climate
change
Renewable
energy
Biodiversity
Water
Privacy
Diversity
Workplace culture
Reliable
energy
Human rights/
rights
Partnerships
United Nations Sustainable
Development Goals
We also mapped the 13 material topics against the
United Nations’ 17 Sustainable Development Goals,
and identified six goals where we believe Contact
can have the greatest positive impact.
You will see these icons in the main report where
they relate to specific sections.
Who we are
The arrows show the
direction of movement
for the material topics
compared to FY20.
ESG
TWoW
Operational excellence
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
23
Contact26
Our strategy to lead New Zealand’s decarbonisation
Themes
Enablers
This will be underpinned by three key enablers
Grow demand
We’re growing demand for
New Zealand’s renewable
electricity in a range of ways.
Grow renewable
development
We’re developing new, renewable,
flexible electricity generation as
the market evolves.
Create outstanding
customer experiences
We’re creating outstanding
customer experiences as we build
New Zealand’s leading energy and
services brand to meet more of our
customers’ needs.
Decarbonise
our portfolio
We’re decarbonising our portfolio of
generation assets (and the New Zealand
electricity market) via an orderly
transition to renewable generation
(managing the balance between
continued security of supply, minimal
emissions and affordability).
Environmental,
Social, Governance (ESG)
• Create long-term value through our
strong performance across a broad set of
environmental, social and governance factors.
Operational
excellence
• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency
• Prudent management of stay-in-business CAPEX to
deliver value
• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.
Transformative
ways of working (TWoW)
• Use technology to modernise our operating model
• Increase employee engagement to attract and
retain talent.
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
24
We are pursuing our long-term vision to create and contribute to a better
New Zealand by playing a leading role in the country’s decarbonisation journey.
Our Contact26 strategy was developed in the second half of FY21 and sets out
our plan of action for the five years until 2026.
The ref reshed strategy is underpinned by two
structural shifts:
• Rio Tinto’s announcement that it would extend
the operation of New Zealand’s Aluminium
Smelter (NZAS) at Tiwai Point until at least 2024
provided much-needed certainty that a transition
away f rom the electricity sector’s reliance on this
significant source of demand (~13 per cent of
total electricity demand in New Zealand) could
be achieved in an orderly way.
• The continued acceleration in stakeholder
expectations and regulatory pressure around
natural resource management, particularly
climate change, and the drive for action to
reduce New Zealand’s carbon dioxide emissions.
Decarbonisation is combining with advances
in technology to accelerate the shift toward
electrification across the economy. Fossil fuel
input costs have rapidly risen, with carbon costs
doubling f rom $20 to more than $40 per unit over
the past two years. Gas prices are rising as supply
becomes less secure. Meanwhile, the cost of green
technologies has fallen, as new uses like green
hydrogen emerge and electric vehicle production
and availability gains scale (an EV battery is
expected to be 30 per cent cheaper in 2025 than
it is today).
The upshot is that clean, low-cost, renewable
electricity will be increasingly attractive and in
demand. Our strategy will reduce reliance on
NZAS and deliver decarbonisation by electrifying
New Zealand’s energy needs as well as new global
industrial supply chains.
Strategic themes
Our Contact26 strategy has four strategic priorities:
• We’re growing demand for New Zealand’s
renewable electricity in a range of ways.
• We’re developing new, renewable, flexible
electricity generation as the market evolves.
• We’re decarbonising our portfolio of generation
assets (and the New Zealand electricity market)
via an orderly transition to renewable generation
(managing the balance between continued
security of supply, minimal emissions and
affordability).
• We’re creating outstanding customer
experiences as we build New Zealand’s leading
energy and services brand to meet more of our
customers’ needs.
Strategic enablers
These priorities are underpinned by three
programmes of work that are our strategic enablers:
• a renewed commitment to environment, social
and governance outcomes, as we know strong
ESG credentials will help us create long-term value
• the continuation of our operational excellence
programme driving efficiency and best practice
• our transformative ways of working to attract
and retain talented people.
Why will we succeed?
The key capabilities that will allow us to move on
our Contact26 strategy, and set us apart f rom our
peers include:
• Knowledge and capabilities in decarbonisation
that provide us with a growth platform. For
example, through Simply Energy we provide
commercial and industrial customers with a
package of demand flexibility, long-term power
pricing agreements, and deep knowledge around
electrification options. We were also the first
gentailer to complete a large-scale industrial
electrification, working with our customer
Open Country Dairy on their new boiler.
• Renewable assets and a development pipeline
to back this demand. Our portfolio is able
to provide firm and flexible electricity supply
and low costs. Our hydro power stations deliver
low-cost electricity and flexibility and attract new
demand f rom new sources (e.g. data centres).
Our geothermal power is the lowest cost baseload
power in the market, and we believe our operating
costs are unmatched. We have a pipeline to build
on this with additional geothermal development
options, and our future pipeline of wind and solar
options is progressing too.
• Commodity risk management. We have
considerable flexibility in our portfolio, with our
hydro assets, demand flexibility capacity, and
thermal plant. This allows us to manage our risk
and make trade-offs between different fuel sources.
This will become more important as renewable
penetration grows and prices become more volatile.
Measuring success
Each of the strategic themes has a set of ambitious
measures that provide insights into the anticipated
areas of activity, and define what success will look like.
Who we are
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
25
Themes
Grow demand
Metrics and measures
We have set ambitious measures of success across our strategic themes
Grow renewable
development
Create outstanding
customer experiences
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Who we are
• Senior in-house capability to
support industry electrification
partnerships by 2021
• 100 MW of new commercial
and industrial demand by 2025
• Identified 300+ MW of market-
backed demand opportunities,
replacing NZAS in the lower SI
by end of 2024 (e.g. hydrogen).
• Tauhara online by 2023
• Final investment decision on next
renewable build (e.g. Wairākei
geothermal, new wind, new solar)
by 2024
• Decision on North Island battery
by end of 2023, for delivery in 2024
• 100 MW demand response
capacity by 2025.
• Complete thermal review in 2021,
and executed by the end of 2022
• TCC decommissioned by end
of 2023
• Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG
emissions 45% compared to 2018
baseline by 2026
1
.
• Top 10 ‘most trusted brand’
by 2025
2
• +650,000 customer connections
by 2025
• CTS < $120 per connection
• 75% of customer interactions
through digital channels.
1. SBTi target at 1.5 degrees.
2. As per Colmar Brunton Rep Track report, 2021 ranked 44th.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
26
Strategic themes
Strategic
themes
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
27
Strategic themes
Grow demand
We are pushing for accelerated
electrification of New Zealand’s
economy through our own efforts
and investments, and working with
customers, partners and suppliers
to grow demand for renewable
electricity at their end. In this section
we discuss some of the opportunities
that are underway.
Study into green hydrogen
In December 2020 we announced a $2m, three-
part study into the feasibility of producing green
hydrogen in the lower South Island, in conjunction
with Meridian Energy.
The project is now officially called Southern Green
Hydrogen and in July 2021, Contact and Meridian
Energy released the first part of our feasibility
study and announced we are seeking registrations
of interest to develop the world’s largest green
hydrogen plant.
The first part of our study, conducted by McKinsey
and Co, found that the plant has the potential to
earn hundreds of millions in export revenue and
help decarbonise economies here and overseas.
Green hydrogen is regarded as the most promising
energy source to decarbonise sectors such as
heavy transportation and industrial processes that
currently rely on fossil fuels.
More than NZ$200 billion has already been
committed by governments and the private sector
around the world to support the development of
hydrogen economies. The report estimates global
demand could increase more than sevenfold
to 553 million tonnes by 2050.
We believe Southland has the potential to be at the
foref ront of this growth opportunity when the Tiwai
Point aluminium smelter closes at the end of 2024,
f reeing up large volumes of renewable electricity.
Economic benefits outlined in the report for
a 600 MW green hydrogen export facility include
a one-off addition of up to $800 million to
New Zealand’s GDP and the creation of thousands
of jobs in construction, as well as up to $450 million
and hundreds of additional jobs on an ongoing basis.
Green hydrogen production could support
New Zealand’s transition to a 100 per cent
renewable electricity generation system by
reducing hydrogen production when hydro lakes
are running low, allowing electricity to flow back
into the national grid to support local homes
and businesses. This flexibility would see hydro
generation replace coal and gas-fired generation
and reduce carbon emissions.
The Southern Green Hydrogen feasibility study is
ongoing, with two further reports being produced
later in 2021 – a technical study to understand how
to build and operate a large green hydrogen plant
in a safe and commercial way, and an electricity
market study to work out what role a large facility
might play in helping to manage ‘dry year’ risks
and get New Zealand closer to 100 per cent
renewable electricity.
Registrations of interest f rom organisations
around the world that may wish to participate
in the project close in October.
Electrification of space heating
Space heating (e.g. open coal fires, gas radiant/
convective heaters, hot water radiator systems
in homes and commercial buildings) are another
major part of New Zealand’s energy use.
As with process heat, the electrification of this
part of the energy sector is expected to become
more economically enticing and set to accelerate
over the coming years. The Climate Change
Commission expects demand for electric space
heating to have increased by 3 terawatt hours
by 2035.
Our role is to help customers make the transition,
with the biggest wins set to be in large commercial
buildings. There is a lot of activity in this area,
much of it stimulated by the Government Investment
in Decarbonising Industry Fund (GIDI Fund),
a partnership between Government and business
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
28
Strategic themes
to accelerate decarbonisation and shift all building
heat away f rom reliance on fossil fuel heating.
As carbon prices grow and impact on heating
options, we expect many business and residential
customers to consider the benefits of electrification.
Decarbonising process heat
Process heat comprises 35 per cent of New Zealand’s
energy use, most of which is supplied by burning
high-emission fossil fuels. Through Simply Energy,
we work with companies across a range of industries
as they contemplate and take action to decarbonise
their operations where it makes sense. This includes
investigating and activating options to electrify
the heat required as part of industrial processes.
Our focus is initially on low temperature boilers,
which are most easily electrified.
There is huge potential to remove coal and
gas f rom these processes and replace it with
renewable electricity: for example, it is estimated
that the electrification of domestic food production
alone would require an additional 12.6 terawatt
hours of electricity and reduce New Zealand’s
carbon emissions by about 3 per cent
1
.
The Climate Change Commission’s recent
advice suggested all meat, retail food and dairy
production (a combined volume of around
5 terawatt hours) process heat would be converted
away f rom fossil fuels by 2035. We know that as
carbon costs continue to rise the economics of
electric boilers will become increasingly attractive
for industrial users.
Last year Simply Energy partnered with Open
Country Dairy in their Awarua expansion, providing
a long-term energy supply agreement to support
the installation of a 13 MW unit that is the Southern
Hemisphere’s largest electrode boiler.
With the new boiler, Open Country Dairy can heat
cold water to full steam in less than five minutes,
compared to six hours via a traditional coal-
powered boiler.
1 MBI Process Heat fact-sheet.
We expect to see more appetite for process heat
electrification as carbon prices continue to rise,
and gas remains scarce. Simply Energy works with
customers on a broader approach too, offering
long-term pricing agreements with stable pricing,
bundled with demand flexibility options and fuel
switching technology. This makes the proposition
more attractive by allowing these assets to support
the grid and provide additional revenue to the
customer’s bottom line.
Attracting demand from data centres
As global data processing grows and increases its
electricity requirements, Simply Energy is working
on plans to attract new demand f rom data centres
in the lower South Island close to clean, low-cost
and reliable electricity.
Electricity makes up anywhere f rom 40–80
per cent of a data centre’s total running costs.
Many other countries have data centre industries
and have similar sources of electricity, including
Canada, Norway and Sweden.
There are some challenges around access to major
connections and latency. While this is improving
with increased investment and competition in
undersea cables to Australia and the United States,
this will remain a challenge for New Zealand.
Plans are underway to supply a 10MW data centre
in the lower South Island on a flexible load supply
agreement.
Decarbonising road transport
We are helping electrify and decarbonise
New Zealand’s road transport by supporting the
uptake of electric vehicles (EVs), and potentially
supporting hydrogen-fuelled heavy transport too.
EVs are a major source of new electricity demand,
identified by the Climate Change Commission as
requiring around 6 terawatt hours of electricity
by 2035. Between 2021 and 2025 more than
400 new EV models are expected to be launched
by manufacturers around the world. This will increase
consumer choice and competition, and the price of
an EV is expected to break even with a conventional
petrol car.
We will launch a lower, EV-targeted overnight tariff
for our customers to help them make the switch,
and we are working with our industrial customers
through Simply Energy to electrify their fleets where
it makes sense to do so. We’ve been electrifying our
own fleet too.
Over half of our passenger fleet is already electric,
saving us money and emissions. We will be able
to electrify 100 per cent of the passenger fleet by
2023, and 100 per cent of Contact’s company fleet
will be zero emissions by 2030. The company fleet
includes non-passenger vehicles like utes.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
29
Strategic themes
Grow renewable development
1 Geothermal is something of an unsung hero in Aotearoa New Zealand, but it plays a crucial role in our generation mix and the transition away f rom fossil fuels.
In FY21, 81 per cent of the energy
we generated came from renewable
geothermal
1
and hydro sources,
and the remainder from thermal
generation. This was approximately
20 per cent of New Zealand’s total
electricity generation.
We are building new generation on the back of
demand growth, and also substituting baseload
thermal generation in New Zealand’s grid.
We believe investment in renewables will continue
to grow. Declining technology costs make it more
economical than ever to invest in renewables.
The ongoing scarcity of gas in the market also
means new, baseload, flexible generation is
increasingly important to New Zealand as it
delivers reliability and assists with the stability
of electricity supply.
The Government is very clear about its desire to
decarbonise New Zealand’s electricity production.
There is a strong appetite for new renewables to
be built and to displace thermal generation.
We are proven developers and operators of renewable
assets, and we are well-placed to deliver here.
Tauhara build proceeding
On the generation side, we’re focusing on the
successful build of the Tauhara geothermal power
station. The final decision to proceed was made
in February 2021, accompanied by $580m of
additional investment. We’re delighted that
market conditions now allow us to proceed with
this important development for New Zealand –
one which has been in the planning stages for
more than a decade.
We believe the Tauhara geothermal project
is New Zealand’s best low-carbon renewable
electricity opportunity. It will operate 24/7, is not
reliant on the weather and is ideal for displacing
baseload fossil fuel generation f rom the national
grid, which will significantly reduce New Zealand’s
carbon emissions.
Japanese engineering, procurement and
construction contractor Sumitomo Corporation is
partnering with New Zealand construction company
Naylor Love and Fuji Electric to complete around
60 per cent of the build activity. The remaining
40 per cent will be completed by a suite of
contractors across New Zealand, including the
central North Island and Taupō.
The development supports New Zealand’s
transition to a low-carbon economy as it provides
a foundation to support the country’s increased
electricity needs over the next decade.
We have 60 years of production experience f rom
operating the world’s second-oldest electricity-
producing field. Our acquisition of Western Energy
this year builds on these capabilities, and will help
us improve our well service capability and be even
more efficient with our production.
We believe we are New Zealand’s lowest-cost
geothermal operator, and the natural developer
for new geothermal to support New Zealand’s
energy transition.
To continue to strengthen our capacity and
capability for major projects, we have established
a Major Projects Group. This group, headed by a
new General Manager Major Projects, Jack Ariel,
will oversee the execution of all major surface
engineering projects, starting with Tauhara.
Establishing the Major Projects Group is a key part
of our strategy for growth, to ensure projects are
resourced with the capability and skills to win and
are not distracted f rom their core purpose of safely
delivering projects on time, within budget and to
the specifications required.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
30
Strategic themes
Beyond Tauhara
We are already thinking beyond Tauhara to our
next developments. This includes a pipeline of
wind, solar and geothermal options to make sure
we are well-positioned to capture the increased
demand for electricity with new, renewable assets.
In March 2021 we announced the highly regarded
wind generation experts at Roaring40s will work
exclusively with us to develop a pipeline of large-
scale wind farm opportunities in New Zealand over
the next six years. We have signed a contract with
a landowner for a potential wind farm site in the
lower South Island.
The Climate Change Commission believes
New Zealand needs around 10 terawatt hours of
additional wind generation by 2035. Our exclusive
partnership with Roaring40s puts us in a strong
position to meet this need given their experience
developing close to 70 per cent of the country’s
current wind sites.
In solar, we are in the process of securing consents
to build a pipeline of potential sites.
Geothermal energy remains important in the
transition to a low-carbon economy because
it provides low-emission baseload generation,
unlike weather-dependent renewable sources
such as wind, solar or hydro. In geothermal, we
have a range of options to consider. These include
doing nothing further, building a new plant on
the Wairākei field, or potentially extending our
operations on the Tauhara field.
As we work through the options, we will
continue to work closely with iwi, hapū and local
communities. We are sensitive to impacts on land,
waterways and biodiversity; modern adaptive
management techniques help ensure these
are identified early so negative impacts can be
avoided, reduced or mitigated.
North Island battery investigations
We are exploring ways to provide more flexibility
to the grid, and we see this becoming increasingly
valuable as the proportion of renewable energy
increases. One investigation is into the potential
development of a 50MW battery in the North Island.
The ‘green flexibility’ of a battery is becoming more
favourable as thermal generation capacity exits
the market and is ‘replaced’ by intermittent wind
and solar generation. The costs of technologies
like batteries are falling quickly too, making an
investment like this more attractive.
Growing demand flexibility
Through Simply Energy we continue to grow our
demand flexibility platform – and we now have
more than 30 commercial and industrial customers
signed up providing a total portfolio of 13MW.
Simply Energy has identified 400MW of potential
flexible load, and we expect the demand flexibility
portfolio to grow to 100MW by FY24.
This platform enables commercial and industrial
customers to automatically reduce power
consumption f rom equipment such as pumps,
fans and compressors during high-electricity
demand periods and reduce fossil fuel generation
as a result. Innovation in technology has reduced
the cost of the associated equipment by around
90 per cent, opening up this market further.
When supply is tight, the platform can provide
a more sustainable option than ramping up
thermal electricity generation to balance the grid.
Customers are paid to reduce grid emissions by
being flexible with the electricity they consume
so it is a win-win.
We know our customers value opportunities that
make it easy for them to contribute to reducing
New Zealand’s emissions by being flexible with their
operations, and to reduce their costs at the same time.
Supplying geothermal process heat
Geothermal process heat is a way to deliver energy
in close proximity to geothermal sites without the
need for heat pumps or power plants. Directly
using geothermal energy is much less expensive
than using traditional fuels and it is also very clean.
In New Zealand there are industrial, commercial,
residential and agricultural applications including
timber drying, aquaculture, horticulture, milk
drying and space heating.
Through Simply Energy, we supply geothermal
process heat to Taupō businesses around our
geothermal power stations, including the Huka
Prawn Park, Tenon Sawmill, Nature’s Flame, Ohaaki
Thermal Kilns, Wairakei Terraces and Wairākei Resort.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
31
Strategic themes
Thermal portfolio
We lead by example by making
our operations more efficient,
minimising adverse impacts on
communities and the environment,
and walking the talk – if we expect
our customers to decarbonise, we
must take the journey too.
We have led the way by closing higher-carbon
generation assets and developing new, low-
carbon ones. Over the past 13 years we have built
geothermal generation at Te Mihi and Te Huka and
have works in progress at Tauhara. We’ve closed
thermal power stations, developed underground
gas storage and built two highly efficient gas-fired
peaking plants.
In FY21 we put in place arrangements to reduce
carbon emissions through gas tolling with Nova
Energy. This will see a significant tranche of
electricity generation switched away f rom high-
emissions generation at Nova substituted by
efficient, lower-emissions generation by Contact.
Thermal asset review
In February 2021, we announced plans to review
our portfolio of thermal assets: Taranaki Combined
Cycle (TCC), Stratford Peakers, Te Rapa and the
Whirinaki Peaker Plant.
This ongoing review aims to find the best way for
us to operate these assets. It is grounded in our
desire to create a sustainable future for Contact’s
operations; aligning ourselves with decarbonisation
is the best way to create long-term value for our
shareholders and for New Zealand.
We are also cognisant of supply constraints and
the need for an orderly transition away f rom
thermal generation, without threatening the
stability of supply or affordable access to energy.
In New Zealand there continues to be strong
reliance on thermal generation when intermittent
renewables cannot meet demand.
We expect to close TCC in 2023 when the geothermal
power station at Tauhara is commissioned.
TCC is due for an expensive refurbishment and
input costs will escalate as gas and carbon costs
continue to increase. This closure will reduce our
emissions footprint and help us meet our recently
updated science-based targets.
We need to find the best operating model for
our remaining thermal assets.
The thermal transition for New Zealand
As thermal generation exits the market, pushed
out by lower-cost intermittent renewables,
New Zealand will continue to have sufficient
energy in the grid but may be exposed to sub-
optimal levels of capacity to meet peaks in
demand or dry periods.
Our view is that baseload thermal assets are set
to become less economical with rising gas and
carbon costs, but the flexibility provided by fast-start
thermal ‘peakers’ will remain critically important
over the short and medium term. They will play
an important role in ensuring the orderly transition
to renewables without negative impacts on price
and security of supply. However, these assets will
be used less f requently.
The market’s current operating model for thermal
generation, where many owners hold a broad set
of assets that operate independently, may not be
optimal. Owners of thermal assets will struggle to
make an economic return and the market will see
higher and higher prices to claw back the fixed
costs of running these assets when they are needed.
We believe there is an opportunity for the market
to reassess the role of thermal generation as
it transitions towards 100 per cent renewable
generation. One idea we have developed is to
consolidate New Zealand’s thermal generation
arrangements into one entity. This new entity
(‘Thermal Co’) would encourage electricity
generation f rom coal and gas-fired plants
in ways that are aligned with New Zealand’s
decarbonisation objectives, and in an orderly
way that is affordable, ensures ongoing stable
electricity supply and provides risk coverage.
We’re underway with discussing the Thermal Co
idea with various stakeholders.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
32
Strategic themes
Creating outstanding
customer experiences
1 The statistics do not include former energyclubnz customers who were transferred to Contact in the middle of 2020.
We play a vital role for hundreds of
thousands of New Zealand homes
and businesses that rely on the
electricity, gas and broadband that
we supply. We help them warm
their homes, power their businesses,
and connect with their communities
and the world.
We listen to our customers and align our services
and our people capability with this. Access to our
services is fair, easy and customer-inspired.
We offer a broad range of products and services
to meet different customers’ needs. We work with
customers to understand their circumstances and
find the right plan that suits their needs.
Growing customer engagement
We are the largest single-brand electricity provider
in New Zealand. Over the past five years we have
improved our engagement with customers, with
our Net Promoter Score (NPS) at +31 on 30 June 2021.
Another useful indicator of our customer
satisfaction is our customer switch rate, which
measures customers leaving Contact. Our switch
rate for FY21 was 18.1 per cent, which is 13.6 per cent
below the market average. Our switch rate was
up 10.6 per cent compared with FY20 (an atypical
year because of COVID-19) but down 2.4 per cent
compared with FY19
1
.
In April we were pleased to be awarded the
Reader’s Digest Award for the most trusted
electricity/gas provider in the country. On the
flipside, in June we were rated the lowest in
Consumer NZ’s annual power company satisfaction
survey with 42 per cent of our customers ‘very
satisfied’ and 40 per cent ‘somewhat satisfied’.
We have met with Consumer to find out more
and we acknowledged that we want to do better.
What we’ve done
We focus on creating outstanding customer
experiences by simplifying our customer journeys
through digitisation, making it easy for customers
to bundle broadband with their gas and electricity,
and providing smart solutions that create a better
energy future.
Digitisation
Our end-to-end customer journeys programme is
streamlining the experience for customers, making it
easier for them to engage with us digitally, fixing pain
points, and simplifying labour-intensive processes.
More than 60 per cent of our interactions with
customers are now through a digital channel. Many of
our customers now use our apps and website for self
service, with more than 100,000 active monthly users.
The Contact mobile apps continue to provide
excellent experiences for our customers, top-rated
among all New Zealand energy companies in the
Apple app store (4.7 stars) and top-rated among
tier one energy providers in the Google Play store
(4.2 stars). This success eases demand on our
traditional phone and email service channels.
Some of the wins on this f ront include:
• Self-service refunds: Customers can ‘self-serve’
refunds through our apps and website without
having to call us. This has resulted in a 55 per cent
increase in self-service.
• Faster CSR journeys: New digital journeys for our
Customer Service Representatives have reduced
the average handling time for customers looking
to join Contact or change their account to a new
address.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
33
Strategic themes
• Improved billing emails: We made these easier
to understand and highlighted important
information. In the first month of using the
new emails we saw customers using our website
increase by 48 per cent and app use increase
by 10 per cent.
• Online messaging: We introduced new customer
service channels using Facebook Messenger and
WhatsApp. These instant messaging tools help us
respond faster as we can talk customers through
issues in real time and they are fully integrated
with our call centre platform. The project has
seen a 16 per cent efficiency increase in our
service delivery, alongside a 20 per cent reduction
of inbound email.
We are rapidly shifting our customer sales activity
f rom traditional to digital channels. This helps
ensure customers sign up for the most suitable
products and services at the right price, while
helping us reduce customer acquisition costs.
We have also stopped door-to-door sales.
Credit checking
We have introduced comprehensive credit
reporting. This ensures we consider good payment
behaviour alongside any issues. For example, we may
now take on a customer who has an unpaid bill f rom
several years ago but has since paid all their bills on
time. As a result we are now onboarding more than
50 additional customers each week.
Customers who fail a credit check are all still able
to use our PrePay product, which enables them
to access most of the same products, prices,
discounts and rewards as other customers.
Success in broadband
In the past four years we have grown broadband
f rom zero to more than 50,000 customer
connections. We are New Zealand’s fastest-
growing broadband provider.
This year we enabled automation of broadband
orders f rom customers straight through to
1 Note these numbers do not include customers on prepay.
our provider Devoli. This ensures customers
are connected faster and improves the overall
customer experience.
Our success in broadband is the result of
continually improving our broadband products and
delivering the best possible customer experience,
supported by a commitment to staff training and
dedicated marketing and IT support.
Supporting customer wellbeing
We’re committed to being accessible to all
New Zealanders and businesses, with a focus on
how we can best support our customers, and we
make every effort to ensure no customers will be
left without power. We know we have an important
role in helping those most in need to keep their
lights on and their homes warm. We also know
that ‘one-size-fits-all’ isn’t the best way to serve
our customers or New Zealand.
If anyone needs help paying their bill, we
encourage them to get in touch so we can discuss
their options, including our range of plans and
ways to pay that may help manage energy use.
We help customers having a tough time financially
to maintain their credit rating and we deploy a
wide range of tools to help people stay connected.
This includes early and proactive intervention,
different payment options, PrePay services, health
and welfare checks for customers, EnergyMate
energy assessment referrals, and working with
support agencies including the FinCap budgeting
service and Work and Income.
We’re also involved in ERANZ’s Vulnerable and
Medically Dependent Consumer Working Group,
which brings together people f rom across the
electricity sector, government departments,
regulators, and community organisations to drive
continuous improvement in the support provided
to customers in need.
Our range of payment options make it easy for
customers to smooth out the cost of their bills,
align bills and due dates with pay days, or to opt
for PrePay for more control. We also check whether
customers are on the right plan to meet their
needs and whether switching to a different plan
or payment option might help.
More than 5,500 customers are now on weekly or
fortnightly payment plans, up f rom 602 two years ago.
We’ve also had more than 5,000 customers sign
up for PrePay since it launched in September 2018.
About 30 per cent of these customers would
previously have been unable to access energy
f rom us because of their credit history.
For some customers, PrePay helps them to retain
access to energy by repaying debt at a rate and
timeline that suits their budget, with no additional
charges or fees.
We made a simple change to our automated
disconnection process in June to help PrePay
customers who are on welfare benefits. Moving
automated disconnections to a different day
of the week saw the volume of weekly PrePay
disconnections fall by between 70 and 100 and
ensured more of our customers stayed connected
(and avoided reconnection fees).
Managing customer debt
We know complex issues are at play when it comes
to customer debt, and we take a responsible
approach. We help customers manage their existing
debt with repayments over a period that works for
them, and without debt-related fees or charges.
We only move to disconnection as an absolute last
resort, and for this small proportion of residential
customers their average balance in the final
quarter of FY21 was $549, down f rom $600 in
the same period of FY20.
We work hard to help customers who are
disconnected get reconnected. In the final quarter
of FY21, 53 per cent of customers were reconnected
within 24 hours, up f rom 45 per cent a year ago
1
.
This year our net bad debt write-offs were less
than $1.2m, compared to $3.4m last year.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
34
Strategic themes
Responding to energy hardship
We are proud of our work with ERANZ on
EnergyMate, a f ree in-home energy coaching
service for consumers at risk of energy hardship,
struggling to pay their power bills or to keep
their homes warm. The programme is funded by
electricity retailers like us, as well as lines companies
and the Energy Efficiency and Conservation
Authority (ECCA), and delivered by community
organisations.
In 2019, ERANZ piloted EnergyMate in 150 homes
in Auckland, Wellington and Rotorua. In April 2021
the Government announced plans to help expand
the programme tenfold to reach more than 1,500
families this year. A key element of this expansion is
a greater focus on Māori and Pasifika communities,
through Whānau Ora and Pasifika services
affiliated with FinCap.
Privacy
Privacy is very important and is becoming more
so as the world becomes increasingly reliant on
digital communication. We are guided by our
Tikanga and take responsibility for looking after
and respecting all personal information that we
manage. We expect our people to comply with
the Privacy Principles set out in the Privacy Act
2020 and we have two Privacy Officers to assist
in driving and managing our privacy practices.
Over the past year, we have been focused on
getting ready for the changes brought into effect
f rom December 2020, while improving our overall
privacy policies, procedures and training.
We are reporting on privacy complaints and
breaches in our Sustainability disclosures.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
35
Strategic enablers
Strategic
enablers
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
36
Strategic enablers
ESG
As a significant New Zealand
company there is an increasing
expectation for us to pull our weight,
to understand our impact on the
environment, society and future
generations, and measure
our progress.
And we anticipate that the next generation will
have even higher standards and expectations of
companies like Contact.
Our families, our teams and our communities
expect us to actively demonstrate that we are good
corporate citizens who care about New Zealand.
In fact it’s more than actively demonstrating – it’s
living and breathing these things, and contributing
to making New Zealand a better place.
We know too that many – if not most – investors
are increasingly considering non-financial
sustainability-based measures, in combination
with traditional financial measures, when assessing
every company’s performance.
And of course, although these factors are labelled
non-financial, how they are managed or not
managed has measurable financial consequences
in terms of things like access to capital, risk and
reputation management, and efficiency.
We know enhancing our strong environmental,
social and governance credentials will help us
create long-term value. It will also ensure we are
focused and not spread too thin – deliberately
pursuing some things, and also being deliberate
about what we are not pursuing.
We have renewed our effort on ESG over the past
12 months. We are in a good place here – we have
many ESG factors built into the DNA of the company.
This starts with our Tikanga – our commitment to
being a responsible organisation – and our built-in
reliance on natural resources and good people and
strong communities to sustain our operations.
It includes our market-leading efforts around
decarbonisation, integrated reporting, science-
based targets, carbon disclosure, diversity and
inclusion, site-based environmental management,
sustainability policies and our green borrowing
programme.
So when we say a renewed effort, it has been about
adding rigour and resources to many of the things
we have been doing for many years. It’s being
clearer and more deliberate. It has seen ESG factors
integrated into our priorities and recognised as a
key enabler – alongside operational excellence and
the way we work. We want to keep leading and
being recognised as a leader on this f ront.
Where we focus
The Contact26 strategy is grounded in a sustained,
conscious effort to lead decarbonisation for
New Zealand – and that means we will operate
in a sustainable way, and ensure a bright future
for the next generation.
For New Zealand, this means that we are acting
as good stewards of our environment and helping
communities to thrive. We’ll do this by being
responsible asset managers, lowering our carbon
emissions, and investing into communities.
In practical terms, it means we help make good
things happen – an example of this is ensuring
access for the Central Otago Rail Trail near the
Clyde Dam. It means building a bioreactor to reduce
our impact on waterways. It means working hard
to look after our native species such as kiwi and
tuna (f reshwater eels). And sometimes it means
making tough calls to close power stations, reduce
emissions and embrace the shift to renewable energy.
For our customers, it means giving them access to
affordable, clean and reliable electricity. It means
we value our customers, will work to ensure their
needs are met and will treat them fairly. A good
example of this is our set of customer pricing
principles where ESG has had a strong influence.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
37
Strategic enablers
This includes making sure the prices paid by new
customers and existing customers are never too
far apart.
For our Contact people, this is about being a fair
and equitable workplace where people are proud
to work. Our people also want to be a part of a
successful organisation, they want us to walk the
talk and want to help us drive positive change.
Our strategy to decarbonise New Zealand provides
an exciting challenge for us all on that f ront.
Setting ESG metrics
We have a comprehensive set of metrics to track
our ESG performance set out in the table below.
A sustainable supply chain
Maintaining and developing a sustainable and
resilient supply chain is increasingly important,
especially as COVID-19 has led to greater
restrictions on access to international markets
and resources, and increased pressure on the
sustainability of local businesses and suppliers.
We must maintain access to the resources we
need to run our business, while also driving more
sustainable outcomes with our supply chain partners.
Contact purchases a wide variety of goods and
services. Our biggest purchases are electricity to
sell on to our customers and transmission charges
relating to transporting that electricity to our
customers. We also use a range of national and
international suppliers to help us maintain our
power stations and electricity supply, support our
connection to customers, and support the running
of our offices and overall business.
We have around 2,000 suppliers and approximately
5 per cent are offshore. In the past 12 months
we have developed a more robust approach to
sustainable procurement. We have developed a
Supplier Code of Conduct that we ask suppliers
to sign up to and have started to embed this
procurement approach into Contact. This
includes resources to help our people make more
sustainable and balanced decisions in purchasing,
assist with identifying key suppliers to partner with
to improve environmental and social reporting and
impacts, and increase understanding of our supply
chain and its dependencies. Data on supply chain
impacts is in our Sustainability disclosures.
EnvironmentSocialGovernance
• We will reduce our Scope 1 and 2 carbon
emissions by 45% by 2026, compared to 2018
when we first set our targets.
• We will displace 1PJ of industrial heat with
electricity by 2022.
• We will move our geothermal generation
operations off the Waikato River, reducing
our impact on the river system by 2026.
• We are electrifying our fleet. 100% of Contact’s
company fleet will be zero-emissions by 2030.
The company fleet includes non-passenger
vehicles like utes.
• Through our partnership with Drylandcarbon,
we will plant 20,000 hectares of economically
marginal land by 2024. This equates to
30 million tonnes of carbon dioxide removal
over the lifetime of the 40-year partnership.
• We will plant an additional 100,000 native
trees by 2024.
• We want to be a world leader in renewable
energy development. Our goal is to be 95%
renewable by 2025.
• We will support a minimum of 100 community
initiatives and organisations each year. In FY21
we supported 123 through sponsorship,
donations, grants, and volunteer time.
• We directly spent $163,000 on energy hardship
initiatives in FY21.
• We have products that suit a range of customers
and do not discriminate on the basis of credit
history. Our target is to on-board 96% of
customers who come to us for energy services.
• We will work to try and ensure that no modern
slavery exists in our supply chains. In March
we signed an open letter calling on the
government to legislate against the use of
slave labour.
• We are ensuring Contact employees and
contractors are paid a fair and equitable wage.
• We are ensuring a minimum 40:60 gender split
throughout the company – Board, leadership
team, senior managers and across all of our
people. We are also focusing on STEM and
technical trades to ensure a 40:60 gender
balance in our apprenticeship and training
programmes.
• We will actively work to remove bias f rom our
recruiting processes and systems.
• We will maintain our Rainbow Tick accreditation
as an inclusive workplace for LGBTTQIA+ people.
• We have converted all of our bilateral lending
facilities to sustainability-linked loans and
certified all debt as green.
• We are targeting inclusion in the Dow Jones
Sustainability Asia Pacific Index by FY22.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
38
Strategic enablers
Supporting community wellbeing
We live, work and operate in communities across
New Zealand, and we know our actions impact on the
people and environment around us. Our philosophy
is to ‘be the neighbour you’d want to have’.
This means respecting the rights of others,
ensuring the safe and best practice operation
of our sites, and making a positive contribution
to the communities we call home. It’s all part of
being a responsible New Zealand company.
As a good neighbour, our approach is to be upf ront
and transparent, and to invest locally into issues
that matter to our people and our communities.
We have community engagement plans for 100
per cent of our operational sites. These plans guide
our approach to stakeholder engagement, identify
our key stakeholder groups, and include initiatives
such as regional partnerships and site sponsorship
programmes. We also have a staff volunteer
initiative called Community Contact, so our people
can contribute time to community initiatives that
they care about.
This year we spent $430,000 in the community
and supported 123 organisations and initiatives
through sponsorship, donations, partnerships,
and staff volunteering. Our people spent 733 hours
volunteering.
As we begin construction of the Tauhara power
station, re-consent our Wairākei operations and our
peakers in Stratford, and look to new renewable
development opportunities, we will ensure we
minimise our impacts on the communities
around these projects, and maximise the benefits.
Community buy-in is critical in obtaining and
renewing consents.
We have mitigation agreements in place with
various community organisations and tangata
whenua where we operate, which outline our
commitments to offset our impacts on stakeholder
groups. For example, agreements with tangata
whenua outline how we will mitigate cultural
impacts and engage with tangata whenua as
tangata tiaki (guardians) of their cultural resources.
Delivering on these agreements is important to
maintaining our social licence to operate. While
they outline the minimum we should be doing, we
always aim to do more – as a good neighbour would.
Our project teams also have comprehensive
stakeholder engagement processes in areas where
we have new developments or re-consenting
underway. These processes are about identifying
our impacts and looking at how we avoid, offset
or mitigate any issues that arise.
In Taupō, we have established a new employment
and training programme. Ka Hiko (this means ‘to
spark’) is an initiative we are running in partnership
with our contractors, which came about as a result
of feedback f rom tangata whenua that they want
training and employment opportunities for whānau.
We foster open, respectful, reciprocal relationships
using our Tikanga to guide us. We work hard to
understand the needs and aspirations of our local
communities, and to ensure they understand how
our business works – and how we tick as people too.
We don’t always get it right but we f ront up to
explain our approach and apologise where we
have made a mistake. For example, we accepted
responsibility for the accidental, unauthorised,
unlawful discharge into the Waikato River in
February 2019, for which we were fined $162,500
by the Environment Court in December 2020.
Although we could not undo the incident, we have
put a lot of effort and resources (including more
than $2.5m) into putting things right as best we can.
As part of our sentencing, we committed to a
restorative justice process, and have been working
collaboratively with local authorities, iwi and
others in the local community to address their
concerns. In particular we worked alongside Ngāti
Tūwharetoa to understand the deep and wide-
ranging impacts of the incident on the stream and
river, their cultural connections to these taonga,
and their community.
We agreed to a suite of actions to respond to the
issues Ngāti Tūwharetoa highlighted in the cultural
impact assessment, including improvements to our
current ways of operating and interacting with iwi,
a wide-ranging environmental restoration effort
on the affected areas, and long-term initiatives to
strengthen our relationship and cultural competency.
We also apologised for upsetting the local
community, tangata whenua and environmental
groups near Reporoa following aerial spraying of
the Torepatutahi Wetland, a restoration project
we have been working on since 2014. The spraying
targeted invasive willow, however native plants
were damaged in the process. We have committed
to be more inclusive and collaborative in our
approach to managing this restoration project.
The Waikato Regional Council issued us with an
abatement notice to be more selective with our
restoration methods in the future.
We want to hear f rom our neighbours when times
are good and not-so-good. In addition to our social
media and website channels we have an 0800
number for communities around our geothermal
and hydro operations, which people can call 24/7
if they need us. We also have a formal complaint
process for environmental and community events
embedded in our risk reporting system.
Caring for kiwi
We entered an exciting new partnership with
Taranaki Kiwi Trust this year to help protect and
grow western brown kiwi populations and raise
awareness of their plight.
Without help, New Zealand’s most iconic bird
is likely to be extinct in the wild within two
generations. Community involvement and
engagement is essential for kiwi conservation,
and that’s the focus of the Taranaki Kiwi Trust.
Through our partnership, we are the main supporter
for the Trust’s education programme, where
secondary students create educational resources
to teach primary students about kiwi conservation.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
39
Strategic enablers
The programme encourages inquiry learning –
enabling students to get hands-on experiences
that will foster an interest in kiwi conservation,
and to create educational resources to pass on
the information to other schools.
The partnership aligns with our sponsorship of
the educational category in the Taranaki Regional
Council environmental awards, and enhances
our sponsorship of the Kiwi Contact education
programme in Wairākei.
Planting with a purpose
We joined forces with Ngāti Tūwharetoa to plant
300 native trees near a stream culvert on Huka
Falls Road in Taupō in September 2020.
More than 30 of our Wairākei team took part in
the planting through our Contact Community
Volunteer programme – alongside 50 students
f rom a local kura kaupapa and intermediate.
One of the things that made the planting extra
special was that we planted 16 different varieties
of tree, each with a purpose in traditional medicine
or kai – f rom beer-making (kawakawa, tī kōuka)
through to healing herb properties (makomako,
korokio, mānuka, patete).
This initiative followed on f rom our massive
planting of more than 6,500 mānuka seedlings
last year at the Waipuwerawera Stream, impacted
by the Karapiti slip at Wairākei.
Another epic Contact Epic
We hosted the Contact Epic – New Zealand’s
ultimate mountain biking challenge – at Lake
Hawea again in April. The Contact Epic is a 125km
race that attracts riders to the Queenstown Lakes
f rom around New Zealand each year. It is the
longest and most scenic mountain bike race in
New Zealand.
This year 620 riders competed in the Epic and the
shorter Classic and Traverse events. Among them
were seven of our own team wearing the Contact
jersey.
The race is known for challenge and adventure and
this year was no exception, with Mother Nature
shaking things up. Large inflows into Lake Hawea
just before the event meant part of the course
was impassable and the route had to be changed
– adding to the challenge for organisers as well as
riders.
A large part of the success of this event, which
Contact has supported since 2008, comes f rom the
efforts of the many volunteers that make it happen.
This year around $15,000 has been raised for the
volunteer groups and the Contact Epic Community
Fund, which will benefit individuals and not-for-
profit groups in the Hawea Community. On top
of that, during the race the local pony club raised
$1,500 at the now famous Dingleburn Station tea
and scones aid station and the Girl Guides raised
$1,900 at the end-of-race bike wash.
Responding to climate change
Momentum to limit the extent and impacts of
global warming continues to grow in New Zealand.
This includes the projected physical impacts of
climate change and the transitional risks such as
regulatory change and shifting consumer behaviour.
As an energy company, climate change is a
material issue for our business. While more
than 80 per cent of the electricity we generate
at Contact comes f rom low-carbon renewable
resources, we contribute to climate change
through the burning of fossil fuels in our thermal
power stations, our vehicles and through other
indirect sources (such as energy use and travel).
We are a participant in the New Zealand Emissions
Trading Scheme, which means we purchase and
surrender units to cover our obligations.
In 2019 we commissioned the National Institute
for Weather and Atmospheric Research (NIWA)
to model the potential climate-change impacts
around our power stations and operational
sites based on two scenarios developed by the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
(IPCC). This information was used by our teams
to help identify the physical and transitional risks
and opportunities that climate change presents
to our business. We found that climate change
exacerbates existing risks in some areas, while also
posing new risks and opportunities. Our Contact26
strategy positions us well to respond to these.
The key risks and opportunities identified over
the short, medium, and long term are outlined in
Climate-related risks. We believe that as a business,
we can help fight climate change through both
reducing our own emissions, and supporting
decarbonisation of energy in New Zealand (see
Grow renewable development). This benefits our
communities, and also creates an opportunity to
grow demand for renewable energy, which as a
generator and retailer we are well-positioned to meet.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
40
Strategic enablers
Reducing our carbon emissions
We are a member of the Climate Leaders Coalition,
and we’re committed to playing a role in the
decarbonisation of New Zealand.
In June 2021 we committed to ambitious new climate
change targets aligned with the goal of minimising
global warming to 1.5 ̊C and approved by the
Science Based Targets initiative. This sees the Group
aiming to reduce our Scope 1 and 2 emissions by
more than 45 per cent – a reduction of more than
500,000 tonnes of carbon dioxide on 2018 emissions.
The targets are one thing, but more importantly
they will be accompanied by action. We are well
underway with several projects and activities that
will reduce our emissions. This includes building
the low-emission, renewable geothermal power
station at Tauhara, as well as reviewing the future
of our thermal portfolio.
We are walking the talk with our TWoW programme
of flexible working, which has seen travel and
commuting emissions across the Group reduce by
57 per cent year-on-year (a reduction of 756 tonnes
of carbon emissions).
Since 2012 we have reduced our emissions f rom
generation by 57 per cent by closing down high-
emission power plants, prioritising low-emission fuel
options for electricity generation, and completing
emission reduction projects across our sites.
Details of our science-based targets
We use the Greenhouse Gas Protocol to measure
and report on our Group emissions. Scope 1
emissions are direct emissions f rom operations,
Scope 2 emissions are f rom the purchase and use
of electricity, and Scope 3 emissions are created
throughout our supply chain.
Our Group commitments are:
• to reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions
45 per cent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year
• to reduce absolute Scope 1 and Scope 3 emissions
f rom all sold electricity 45 per cent by 2026 f rom
a 2018 base year
• reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom use of sold
products 34 per cent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year.
Achieving these targets will require us to displace
thermal generation with low-carbon renewable
generation, which will take time and investment.
Our Tauhara project is set to play an important role
in helping us meet these long-term targets too.
In FY21 our Group Scope 1 and 2 emissions were
13 per cent higher than the previous year. This was
due to a nationwide dry year, with low lake levels
meaning we ran our thermal power stations more.
Compared to our 2018 base year, our Scope 1 and 2
emissions were 11 per cent lower in FY21.
Our Group Scope 3 emissions increased year-on-year
by 100 per cent, mainly as a result of an increased use
of our swaption with Huntly power station.
There is a slight increase in emissions per MWh
for the period as a result of using more thermal
generation. Further detail on our emissions is
in Sustainability disclosures or in our GHG inventory
on our website.
Leading by example
Contact was the first New Zealand company
to sign up as a supporter of the Task Force on
Climate-related Financial Disclosures. We have
used their guidelines to guide our climate-related
reporting and have included a TCFD index in this
report to identify where material is reported.
We were also the first company in New Zealand
to establish a green borrowing programme. This
year we have expanded by establishing additional
sustainability-linked loans.
And in 2020 we became the first company in the
Asia-Pacific region to list our bonds on Nasdaq’s
Sustainable Bond Network.
We were also pleased to be recognised again
as one of the companies working hard to be a
sustainability leader in the 2021 edition of Colmar
Brunton’s Better Futures report.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
41
Strategic enablers
Financial implications of climate change
In 2021, we reviewed and updated our scenario
analysis, based on the latest information such as
the Climate Change Commission’s recent research,
to further understand the financial implications of
climate-related risk on our business.
We formulated 12 potential scenarios using a
business-as-usual, 1.5 ̊C future, and 4 ̊C future to
help us understand the impacts of climate change
on revenue, assets, expenditure, capital financing
and lending.
We mapped this over the short, medium, and long
term looking at inputs such as the impact of the
Tiwai Point aluminium smelter closure, changes
to solar uptake, increasing carbon costs, changes
to demand, generation asset mix and more. This
analysis tells us that under all scenarios EBITDAF
will remain relatively flat in the short term, before
lifting again in line with assumptions on increasing
demand as a result of electrification post-2024
when the electricity supply contract for the Tiwai
Point smelter ends. Our analysis also suggests
that mobilising to help decarbonise New Zealand,
and limiting global warming to 1.5 ̊C, yields better
financial outcomes for Contact than a situation
where temperatures increase above 1.5 ̊C.
Our Contact26 strategy helps position us to take
advantage of the opportunities that decarbonisation
presents to our business, while also reducing
emissions f rom electricity in New Zealand in the
short to medium term. We have more detail in
Strategic themes. While there are many unknowns,
we believe our current strategy positions us well
to drive change, while maximising opportunity
for our stakeholders now and in the long term.
We have more detail on our climate-related risks
in our Sustainability disclosures.
Using water resources sustainably
Water is a precious resource that we share with
all New Zealanders. We rely significantly on access
to water to run our power stations and generate
electricity. Water holds both a practical and cultural
significance in New Zealand. Our stakeholders
want to know that we are using our water resources
in a sustainable way, ensuring that f resh water is
protected for future generations.
At our hydro facilities, water is passed through
our dams to generate electricity, which impacts on
river flow, f reshwater species migration upstream
and downstream, and sediment. At geothermal,
we use geothermal fluid to generate electricity.
Through Simply Energy we also provide
geothermal fluid to other downstream users, such
as the Wairakei Terraces and Huka Prawn Park.
Cooling water is used at all of our power stations
to keep things running safely and efficiently. This
is reused or returned to the stream or river it was
taken f rom (and some evaporates). We also use
water in our offices, like most other businesses.
We have a Commitment to Water, which outlines
our principled approach to sustainable and shared
use of this resource. We maintain a water impacts
register at our operational sites and f rom that
we identify projects for improvement each year.
We measure our water usage dynamically and
also produce a holistic water dashboard each year
which measures our performance on a range of
water-related impacts f rom ecological integrity
to water security, water quality and more.
This financial year we used 15,435,820 megalitres
of water, 99 per cent of which is returned to rivers
or to geothermal reservoirs (non-consumptive),
with the remainder discharged in line with our
resource consents.
In FY21, we had a target to undertake four water
improvement projects. We completed two at our
Wairākei geothermal power-station, which resulted
in reducing our potable water-use at the site by
approximately a third. We undertook a number
2,500,000
2,000,000
1,500,000
1,000,000
500,000
0
FY12FY13FY15FY16FY17FY18FY19FY20FY21FY14
65.2%
Scope 1
34.7%
Scope 3
0.1%
Scope 2
Emissions from electricity generation (tCO
2
e)
Total group greenhouse gas emissions by Scope
(tCO
2
e) 2021
Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations.
Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity.
Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
42
Strategic enablers
of ecological studies on the Waikato River to
understand our impacts, to work towards improving
them. We also completed a review at Whirinaki Power
Station to identify the most sustainable options
for our water discharges f rom the plant. We have
a project underway at Stratford power station to
improve the water treatment plant performance.
We had no water-related incidents in the financial
year, although we continue to address the impacts
of the Karapiti incident in 2019, whereby a large
amount of sediment was discharged into the
Waikato River (see Protecting biodiversity).
Non-consumptive water
usage (ML)
1
20212020
Source/water use(ML)
1
(ML)
1
Clutha Mata-Au River water
2
15,098,98016,624,902
Geothermal reservoir69,18075,992
Geothermal cooling water
2
336,840330,047
Total15,435,82017,030,941
Total water usage
3
20212020
Source/water useWithdrawal (ML)
1
Discharge (ML)
1
Withdrawal (ML)
1
Discharge (ML)
1
Geothermal reservoir103,17733,997114,80538,813
4
River and surface water
2
2,5091,536
Water f rom third parties
2
321283
Council
2
7,59434
Discharge f rom all sources18,72715,476
Total113,60152,724116,65854,289
4
1 ML = Megalitres.
2 Fresh water.
3 Management of the use and impact on water is largely done through our resource consent compliance activities.
4 FY20 figure restated due to reporting error.
Protecting biodiversity
Biodiversity simply means the variety of all life on
Earth. It is important to us because our operations
have wide-ranging impacts on species and
habitats, which differ depending on the type of
generation, the region we are operating in, and
the local environment.
Our Biodiversity Statement of Intent sets out our
intent and responsibility to protect the indigenous
species and unique ecosystems we impact. Our goal
is to have thriving and sustainable ecosystems
within all habitats that we influence. We do this
by ensuring that all of our sites have site-specific
biodiversity management plans and we engage
with local communities, work with external
partners and experts in biodiversity management,
and support community groups to achieve their
biodiversity goals.
The diversity of our operations results in a range
of different impacts.
At our geothermal operations in the Taupō region,
we impact on species that rely on warm ground,
such as thermotolerant vegetation, and our
discharges to f reshwater can negatively affect
water quality. At our hydro operations on the
Clutha River, our greatest impacts are on fish passage.
At our thermal stations, our impacts on biodiversity
are minimal, however, we actively contribute to the
needs and aspirations of our community.
Our approach to biodiversity management is to
first look for opportunities under our control and
influence, then to support grassroots community
groups doing work in these areas. We invest in
youth near our operations by providing them
with hands-on experiences to educate and inspire.
For example, in Taupō, we support Kids Greening
Taupō and Kiwis for kiwi and enable local schools
to follow the life of kiwi f rom egg incubation to
release back into the wild.
We have established plans to mitigate our
biodiversity impacts for all our operational sites
and we report on our progress to the Board’s
Health, Safety and Environment Committee.
In collaboration with Waikato Regional Council,
we have continued to remove wilding pines f rom
geothermally significant land across Taupō, taking
the total area to approximately 78 hectares. We have
also planted 64 hectares with indigenous species
to boost indigenous flora and fauna across the
areas we operate in.
Across our sites in 2021 we caught 3,354 pests,
planted 29,068 trees, transferred 330 tuna
(f reshwater eels) downstream in the Clutha
catchment (including 19 migrant tuna), and
transferred 51.8kg of elvers upstream of the
Roxburgh Dam. We have planted more than
125,000 native trees over the past three years.
To ensure their survival, this year we hand-released
(weeded and cleared by hand) around some of
the existing native plants.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
43
Strategic enablers
TWoW
The success of our strategy relies
on our people being ready, willing,
able and excited to get things done.
We have great people, our employee
engagement is high, and we are
building our capability to support
growth.
A key enabler of our strategy is our Transformative
Ways of Working (TWoW) programme. This is
about making work at Contact more flexible for
our people, improving their work experience,
engagement, and productivity, and delivering
savings to the bottom line.
Our aspiration for a OneContact culture has
been fundamental to our approach with TWoW.
OneContact is about all of our people being
connected and inspired to support the delivery
of our strategy in a united way. How we support
and enable the success of our people is consistent
and inclusive – We are OneContact.
How we’re transforming ways of working
The ways in which we live and work have
fundamentally changed over the past 18 months
as we have responded to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Rather than go back to the pre-COVID-19 normal, we
are being deliberate about continually reimagining
and redesigning Contact towards the ‘next normal’.
This is the basis of the TWoW programme. It is
much broader than just ‘working f rom home’.
At Contact we have the choice to work f rom
anywhere, as long as it works for the role and
we can do so safely and securely.
It’s not just about location either – we are also
redesigning what we work on, who we work with,
how we work and when we work.
We know that technology and digitisation
underpin TWoW and we have completed a highly
successful upgrade of our platform, moving to
Windows 10 and providing new equipment to
allow our people to work more efficiently. We have
also used RealWear VR technology to undertake
specialist inspections remotely where we haven’t
been able to bring global experts into New Zealand.
We are continuously watching out and adjusting
for any unintended consequences of TWoW too,
gathering data and insights to understand what’s
working and what needs more or different support.
As travel bubbles open, we support our people to
take leave to recharge and reconnect with family
and f riends. If anyone finds themselves stranded
because of temporary travel bubble closures, we
will work with them and their leaders to minimise
any impacts. With the technology we have in place,
many of our team can continue to work while
offshore subject to certain restrictions.
We know f rom research that companies that
embrace flexible work practices are likely to be
well-positioned to sustain their operations, attract
more diverse talent, futureproof their culture,
create competitive advantage and succeed over
the longer term.
That has been our experience so far too. In our
people engagement survey tool, Peakon, Contact
was rated highly for ability to work flexibly (8.5/10)
and ability to work remotely (8.6/10). We have been
able to hire people who live in parts of New Zealand
where we do not have a physical office or site.
And we have also had minimal business disruption
during further regional COVID-19 alert level changes.
TWoW is also delivering financial benefits. It has
enabled us to downsize our offices in Auckland,
Levin, Wellington, and Dunedin, while still
providing space for people who prefer to work
f rom the office. In Wellington, where we’ve had
the biggest change, we have moved f rom
occupying four floors to just one.
In the past year, TWoW-related initiatives have
delivered $1.8m of recurring savings.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
44
Strategic enablers
Changing labour market
COVID-19 has changed the labour market and
we have seen fluctuations in the talent available.
In the initial stages we saw applications spike
for entry-level roles such as customer service
representatives. Conversely, the market has
become tighter for specialist talent and skills,
such as geothermal and digital expertise.
While we can no longer employ global talent as
easily as in the past, we are leveraging TWoW to
attract talent f rom previously untapped areas in
New Zealand and we are developing our current
people. In the long term we are optimistic the
international talent market will reopen and we are
working alongside Immigration New Zealand to
address talent shortages in the short term where
possible.
Embedding inclusion and diversity
We have an equitable work environment where
inclusion is deeply embedded and our people are
encouraged to be themselves.
Underpinned by our Inclusion and Diversity Policy
and Strategy, we have a wide range of initiatives to
drive greater inclusion and support for our rainbow
community, Māori, women and young people.
We have retained our Rainbow Tick accreditation
and are preparing for reassessment in August 2021.
The reassessment will give us insights into how
well we are doing at supporting and including our
rainbow community, and will help us keep building
an inclusive culture.
We celebrated Pride this year
with an internal campaign,
Pride in Contact. This built
on the great work we have
done to make sure we have
good policies, processes,
and systems to support our
rainbow community. It was
centred around our Pride
Flower, which symbolises unity and represents our
Rainbow Community, and we provided tangible
ways for our people to connect with and celebrate
Pride with a library of assets.
We continue to partner with Global Women on
the Champions for Change reporting initiative.
The Champions for Change 2020 Diversity Report
was published in late March 2021. The aggregate
2018 – 2020 data for the Champions group (those
organisations that participate) shows that female
representation has increased both proportionally
and in absolute numbers across work categories.
For Contact specifically, we achieved the gender
balance target of 40:60 women to men across half
of our work categories, but we need to improve
across the ‘Other Executives’, ‘General Managers’
and ‘Other Managers (tier 3 and 4)’ categories.
We continue to ensure that our systems are f ree
f rom bias and that our processes support inclusion
and diversity, and we know there is more work
to do. It’s a long-term strategy working toward
gender balance across all work categories.
Our work with iwi on our Māori Summer Internship
Programme continues. This programme
strengthens our bonds with iwi, and helps to
develop their people. For the 2020 programme
we had seven interns work with us during their
summer break – three f rom Ngāi Tahu, two f rom
Ngāti Tūwharetoa and two f rom Ngāti Tahu.
We continue to support our people’s participation
in WING. WING is a not-for-profit international
organisation promoting education, professional
development and advancement of women in the
geothermal industry. This year the focus areas
for WING are Equality, Industry Visibility and
Community Engagement. The members involved
f rom our Wairākei team have been supporting
the WING focus areas by launching a pilot for a
WINGwomen task force, participating in a WING
event during New Zealand Geothermal Week in
July, and hosting college-level internships (two in
Rotorua, two in Taupō).
This year our Stratford site participated in the
Gateway programme with Stratford High School and
Hamilton Girls’ High School. Gateway programmes
Male
518
Female
426
Undisclosed 1
Gender FY21
Undisclosed 1%
Age diversity FY21
Ethnicity
1
FY21
Māori
0%
20%
5%
15%
25%
35%
10%
30%
40%
Pasifika
Asian
European
Other
AMELA
2
Undisclosed
30–50
47%
Over 50
33%
Under 30
19%
1 Total % adds up to more than 100%. This is because
individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities.
2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
45
Strategic enablers
are for Year 11 to 13 learners who want to explore
job options while studying towards NCEA. The
students experienced different roles around the
site to see how learning at school can be practically
applied in the workforce, and were supported to
think about their career paths after school. We also
had a group of engineering student interns at our
Stratford site over summer, to help with projects
and gain practical experience towards their study.
Connexis ITO’s Girls with Hi-Vis (GWHV) is a
programme that aims to attract more women into
the trades by giving them the opportunity to see
options in the energy sector first-hand. In June this
year, our Wairākei team hosted the annual GWHV
event for the second time. Twenty-four students
attended the event, which gave them a peek
into the world of geothermal energy generation,
including a site visit to our Te Mihi station.
Students were able to learn about the geothermal
generation process and see the steam turbines
up close, followed by some group experiments
demonstrating the magic of geoscience.
Our culture and commitment to living our Tikanga
and behaviours across Contact are mentioned as a
strength through our people engagement survey
tool, Peakon. The average score for “People f rom all
backgrounds are treated fairly at Contact” is 8.7/10.
New leadership framework:
‘Shaping our Contact Community’
We know that great leadership is a critical
ingredient in the success of how we work, so we
have developed a new leadership f ramework called
Shaping our Contact Community.
This defines what leadership means at Contact
supports our OneContact culture, and is deeply
anchored to our Tikanga, behaviours, purpose
and vision.
We recognise that we are all leaders at Contact
and Shaping our Contact Community defines
how we constructively lead with open and honest
conversations, invest deeply in knowing ourselves
and others, openly and optimistically explore all
ideas, helpfully stand in the role of teacher and
student, and unanimously connect as OneContact.
The f ramework will help all of our people put their
energy where it matters, bringing our strategy to
life through great leadership – no matter where
they are working or what sort of work they do.
‘OneContact’ learning strategy
To be the leader that we aspire to be, we need our
people to be propelled by curiosity and to become
lifelong learners. We embrace learning as part of
our DNA and through our OneContact culture.
Our OneContact Learning Strategy is about lifting
our capability – identifying, mapping and planning
for the critical skills that are needed now and for
the future.
Over the next 12 months we will continue to build
on this new learning experience, providing the
tools and training to enable our people to focus
on their growth, and to help us deeply understand
our skills and capability gaps.
The OneContact Learning Strategy correlates
with what we have heard through our people
engagement survey tool, Peakon – our people
want more access to training and development.
When asked about their personal growth across
a number of factors including professional growth,
career pathways, opportunities to learn new skills
and a supportive manager or mentor, we achieved
a collective score of 7.2/10.
Employee health, safety, environment
and wellbeing
Our people, plant, communities and the environment
are our most important assets, so we have a robust,
world-class Health, Safety and Environmental
Management System (HSEMS) to ensure we have
plans and processes to keep them safe.
Our Peakon engagement survey tool enables us to
understand how our people feel about their health,
safety and wellbeing at work. Is it a priority? Can they
manage the impacts of work on their personal life?
FY18
FY18
FY19
FY19
FY20
FY20
FY21
FY21
3.3
6.6
2.1
5.4
1.3
2.1
18.8
21.5
Note: We have removed Rockgas f rom our data for comparative
purposes.
Monitored TRIFR
Controlled TRIFR
FY21FY20FY19FY18
Tier 10000
Tier 23220
Tier 349245856
Tier 1 – a significant loss of containment of hazardous material
or energy.
Tier 2 – a lesser loss of primary containment or a significant
degradation of barriers.
Tier 3 – learning event where issues have been identified in our
process safety barriers or controls.
Note: This table represents the number of process safety incidents
across our operations. The figures exclude any incidents occurring
in the Ahuroa Gas Storage or Rockgas LPG facilities.
Process safety
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
46
Strategic enablers
Does their mental and physical health allow them
to perform effectively at work? Looking across these
three indicators, we have a cumulative score of 8/10.
From the survey feedback we can see our people
feel well supported in managing their mental
and physical wellbeing, however, we need to put
more attention into health, safety and wellbeing
initiatives and programmes.
Measuring our HSE performance
We track our safety performance with two key
measures, our Total Recordable Injury Frequency
Rate (TRIFR) and Total Incident Severity Rate (TISR).
Total Recordable Injury Frequency Rate (TRIFR)
is a global measure that can be benchmarked
and monitors injury rates. However, it is a lagging
indicator that looks back rather than taking the
potential risk into account. As our TRIFR reduces,
it becomes less relevant to understanding how
our systems and culture are working effectively,
so while we continue to monitor and report TRIFR
we no longer set targets based on this measure.
We also measure Total Incident Severity Rate (TISR),
a leading indicator measure that gives us a much
better idea of exposure to risk by assessing the
potential severity of HSE and process safety incidents.
Our year-to-date TRIFR for controlled activity (work
done under our HSE management system, e.g. at
our sites or by our people) was 2.1. This included five
injuries. There were two minor and three moderate
injuries. Our TRIFR measure is calculated based on
hours worked (2.40m in FY21) and number of injuries.
Our TRIFR for monitored activity (work done by
our service delivery partners under their own HSE
systems) was 21.5, representing five minor injuries
and one moderate injury.
TISR assesses all HSE and process safety events and
considers both actual and potential consequences
so that we get a view of how well our defences are
working for our critical risks. TISR was 2,088 within
controlled activity in FY21.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
47
Strategic enablers
Operational
excellence
Our focus on Operational Excellence
enables us to make our operations
much more efficient. We have a
strong track record of being good
operators, and taking cost out of
the business where it makes sense.
Operational Excellence is underpinned by our culture
which is safe, innovative and brave. That includes
keeping our people safe; keeping our plant safe to
run; and fostering an environment where it’s safe to
challenge, innovate and fail, and to learn and evolve.
We continue to innovate to become more efficient,
including using digitisation and analytics to transform
operations across our trading, generation, and
customer businesses.
Some of the ways we’ve increased Operational
Excellence have included:
• modelling hydrology and competitor behaviour
to start to simulate the market and optimise our
trading position
• securing third-party gas tolling arrangements
to ensure that available gas is used efficiently,
thereby f reeing up gas for industrial customers
1 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measure. Information regarding the usefulness,
calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 and A3 of the financial statements.
• using predictive modelling in the build of Tauhara
to help us to understand and plan for the right
maintenance, and improve the operation of
our assets
• piloting a ‘matrix’ type of working in our geothermal
business with outcome-based teams, linked to
TWoW
• working with Western Energy and Solenis on
mechanical and chemical geothermal well clean-
out technologies – improving the reliability of
these methods and reducing costs by as much
as 60 per cent compared with using a rig
• delivering better data for the optimisation of
our steamfields
• conducted robotics experiments to replace
manual and repetitive processes
• building on augmented reality/VR technology
(initially used to respond to COVID-19 restrictions)
for safety risk reductions, competency building
and training
• using analytics to understand our customers’
energy use and personalise what we offer them.
Financial performance
In FY21 we have continued to deliver solid returns
for our shareholders and made significant moves to
ensure the company is well-positioned for the future.
We successfully navigated the potential departure
of major energy users, the short-term issues
around low rainfall in the hydro catchments,
and the ongoing challenges around gas supply
to deliver a very strong financial performance.
Our statutory profit for FY21 was $187m, up f rom
$125m last year, and EBITDAF
1
was up significantly
to $553m in FY21.
The results are underpinned by smart channel
management to mitigate risks regarding access
to fuel, our flexible portfolio of gas-fired and
renewable assets, continued operational excellence,
strong asset availability, and a strong financial position.
We secured gas supply and leveraged our access
to stored gas to ensure we could continue to
generate electricity and help keep the lights
on when renewable generation options were
affected by weather and restricted gas supply.
Our ability to meet the grid’s demands for
generation f rom higher-cost fuel sources in a
constrained environment saw elevated wholesale
prices flow through to our financial performance.
We expect there will be continued reliance on
higher cost fuel sources over the short term, but
these will be displaced over the next two years
as 2 terawatt hours of low-carbon, renewable
generation plants, including our geothermal
development at Tauhara, come on stream.
An interim ordinary dividend of 14 cents per
share was paid in April 2021 and in August 2021
the Board approved a final ordinary dividend
of 21 cents per share (imputed by up to 14 cents
per share for qualifying shareholders) and this
will be paid to investors on 15 September 2021.
This means we are delivering investors a 35 cents
per share annual dividend, down slightly f rom
39 cents per share in FY20. The dividend policy
was updated by the Board in February 2021 and
targets a payout ratio of between 80 per cent
and 100 per cent of the average operating f ree
cash flow of the preceding four financial years.
FY17
Final dividendInterim dividend
FY18
FY19
FY20
FY21
11
13
16
16
14
26
32
39
39
35
15
19
23
23
21
Dividends (cps) – declared
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
48
Strategic enablers
In March we completed a $400m equity raise for
our capital investment programme as we look
ahead to other exciting renewable generation
developments. This injection of capital provides us
with the flexibility to execute on up to $800 million
of additional projects and we are actively looking
at how we can bring more development forward
in response to the clear market signals for more
renewable electricity.
We are excited about the future for Contact.
We’re a strong company with a clear strategy
and a host of opportunities in f ront of us. We have
a robust balance sheet, a portfolio of high-quality
and flexible assets and a very capable team.
Our regulatory environment
New Zealand’s regulatory environment provides
the f ramework within which our business operates,
and requires high standards of health, safety,
labour and environmental compliance.
We proactively monitor legislative and policy
changes to ensure we meet our obligations and
manage risks and opportunities. We also work hard
to maintain broad relationships across the political
divide, pull our weight with industry and business
organisations, and ensure our voice is heard by
regulators on behalf of our customers and investors.
Our approach is straightforward, open-minded and
evidence-based, in line with our Tikanga. We aim
to build sustained and trusted relationships with
external stakeholders who shape and influence
the environment in which we operate.
Some of the main themes that potentially affect
the business environment we operate in include:
• Climate change. The collective responsibility
of New Zealand to reduce carbon emissions and
meet local and international climate change
commitments, for example, Climate Change
Commission recommendations, and the
opportunities for the electricity sector to
support New Zealand’s decarbonisation.
• Energy hardship. This includes the Government’s
response to the Electricity Price Review and
associated recommendations and energy
efficiency initiatives such as ERANZ’s EnergyMate
programme and Hardship Fund.
• Renewable energy. This includes opportunities
to accelerate renewable generation investment
and remove thermal generation for the
New Zealand generation mix.
• Energy transition. This includes the Emissions
Trading Scheme, increased momentum around
electric vehicles, incentivising investment in
renewable developments and the electrification
of industry away f rom fossil fuels, and longevity
of demand f rom major industrial users.
• Sectors in transition. This includes the future
and longevity of demand f rom major industrial
users, electrification of agriculture and other
industrial processes, and the long process of
reworking transmission pricing.
• Improving environmental outcomes. This includes
new climate change legislation, ongoing reviews
of the Resource Management Act, the National
Policy Statement for Freshwater Management,
the National Policy Statement for Indigenous
Biodiversity and Three Waters Reform.
We are also committed to supporting New Zealand’s
economic recovery f rom the COVID-19 pandemic,
and we are ensuring stakeholders are aware of
our desire to reduce carbon, create jobs and invest
in electrification and renewable generation. This
extends to exploring green hydrogen opportunities,
as well as our Tauhara geothermal project.
The last five years in review
For the year ended 30 JuneUnit2017
1
2018
2
2019
2
20202021
Revenue$m2,0792,2752,5192,0732,573
Expenses$m1,5781,7942,0011,6272,020
EBITDAF$m501481518446553
Profit/(loss)$m151132345125187
Profit per share – basiccps21.018.448.217.525.3
Operating f ree cash flow$m305301341290371
Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps42.642.047.540.450.2
Dividends declaredcps2632393935
Dividends paid$m186201251280274
Total assets$m5,4555,3114,9544,8965,028
Total liabilities$m2,6772,5842,1722,2752,101
Total equity$m2,7782,7272,7822,6212,927
Gearing ratio%3635283123
1 Restated figures reflecting the adoption of NZ IFRS 15 Revenue f rom Contracts with Customers and NZ IFRS 16 Leases.
2 Figures reflect the combined result and position for continuing and discontinued operations.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
49
Strategic enablers
Resource management reforms
A fundamental reform of New Zealand’s resource
management system has been well signalled
by the Government and is proceeding quickly;
key provisions in the proposed Natural and Built
Environments Act (NBEA) were released in late
June 2021. This is set to be the primary replacement
legislation for the Resource Management Act 1991
and is expected to be enacted in 2022.
It is important that sufficient weight be given
to the role of renewable electricity generation in
decarbonising the economy and that effective
consenting pathways for renewable projects
are provided. There are many other issues and
opportunities arising f rom such an enormous reform
of environmental law and natural resource allocation,
including in relation to water and geothermal energy,
and we will continue to engage with government
and policymakers as the reforms progress.
At the same time the Wai 2358 Waitangi Tribunal
Inquiry into the Crown’s current and proposed
future handling of rights to geothermal resources
is recommencing, and Contact is registered as an
interested party to those proceedings. The outcomes
are likely to influence the approach taken to the
allocation of geothermal energy in the proposed
new resource management system and the role of
tangata whenua in its sustainable management.
Another significant new regulation for Contact
is the proposed National Policy Statement for
Indigenous Biodiversity (NPSIB). Many of our current
or potential future renewable energy projects affect
native plants, fish and fauna, and these are carefully
assessed, managed and mitigated by way of consent
conditions and our own environmental initiatives.
It is important that any new NPSIB finds the right
balance between the importance of biodiversity
protection and the need for new and protection
of existing renewable energy developments.
We remain engaged across national and local
resource management regulation changes
with particular emphasis on facilitating new
and existing renewables, ensuring that any new
environmental bottom lines are set reasonably,
and that practical recourse to environmental
restoration, offsetting, and compensation for
unavoidable effects is provided. We are also aware
that our relationships with tangata whenua will
become even more important in light of their
increased role in natural resource management.
2019 ‘Undesirable trading situation’ claim
In December 2020, the Electricity Authority found
that an undesirable trading situation (UTS) had
occurred in the wholesale electricity market in
December 2019 due to the confluence of factors
that resulted in water being spilt by generators in
the South Island. At the time there was more water
than we could use for generation, given the Clutha
River was in significant flood. Our focus in extreme
flood events is always to operate the Clutha system
to ensure the safety of communities downstream,
our people and assets, and to manage our resource
consent obligations. The Electricity Authority is
now consulting on actions to correct the UTS.
In April 2021, the Electricity Authority closed a
separate High Standards of Trading Conduct
investigation that related to the same event with no
further action, having found no breach of the rules.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
50
Governance matters
Governance matters
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
51
Governance matters
Governance matters
Good corporate governance protects the interests of all stakeholders and
enhances short-term and long-term value.
We regularly review our corporate governance
systems and always look for opportunities to improve.
At 30 June, we comply with the recommendations of
the NZX Corporate Governance Code in all material
respects. You can see our full reporting in our
Corporate Governance Statement on our website.
Our Board
The Board’s role and responsibilities
The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,
direction, management and performance.
Specific responsibilities include:
• Setting and approving Contact’s strategic
direction
• Approving major investments
• Monitoring financial performance
• Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and
senior management performance
• Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk
• Reviewing and approving compliance systems
• Overseeing our commitment to our Tikanga,
sustainable development, the community and
environment, and the health and safety of our
people.
Board composition
The Board consists of seven directors, all of whom
are independent (i.e. none of the factors described
in the NZX Corporate Governance Code that may
impact a director’s independence apply to any
Contact director).
In March 2021, Whaimutu Dewes retired f rom
the Board and was replaced by Rukumoana
Schaafhausen. Rukumoana brings valuable
skills that complement the expertise of the other
directors on the Board. In March 2021, Dame Therese
Walsh announced her resignation f rom the Board
this year. Contact’s succession planning process
culminated in the appointment of Sandra Dodds
to replace Dame Therese as Chair of the Audit and
Risk Committee.
Following an independent review by Korn Ferry
in 2021, the Board ref reshed Contact’s director
skills matrix, which sets out the skills necessary
for Contact’s success and assesses each director
against this. It’s not expected that every director
will be an expert in every area, but all skills should
be represented in the Board as a whole.
The matrix shows a good spread of expertise
and secondary skills among current directors.
In addition to the skills in the matrix, all seven
Contact directors have strong governance expertise.
Board performance
We regularly review the performance of the Board
to ensure the Board as a whole and individual
directors are performing to a high standard.
An independent review was carried out by Propero
late in 2019. The results were reported in confidence
to the Board in early 2020. The next independent
review is scheduled to be carried out in early 2022.
We recognise the value of professional
development and the need for directors to remain
current in industry and corporate governance
matters. Contact assists directors with their
professional development in a number of ways,
including an induction programme for new
directors, briefings to upskill the Board on new
developments, deep-dive workshops on key issues
and Board study tours.
A fund is available for director development
opportunities, and the Chair may approve
allocations f rom the fund for opportunities that
benefit both Contact and an individual director.
“Developing and approving the
new Contact26 strategy, which
underpins our plan of action
for the company’s success over
the next five years. At the same
time the TWoW programme
has ensured a massive change
to embrace a more flexible
workplace while improving
productivity and the bottom line.”
Robert McDonald, Chair
“Contact’s strong governance systems and the robust process to
ensure discussion and deep dives on key risks.”
Dame Therese Walsh, Director
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
52
Governance matters
Strategic FocusDirector ExpertiseGovernance Capabilities
Brand value and
customer experience
Brand identity and value. Deep customer insight and advocacy including in energy poverty. Understands
generational shift and the impact on customer drivers. Retail growth and transformation expertise including
customer-centric experience design, data analytics, digital marketing, sales, and agile retail. Skills to support and
challenge progress towards improving the customer experience and reducing cost to serve.
Energy sector including generation,
renewables, and wholesale energy
markets
Leadership experience across the energy sector including in a generation portfolio of geothermal, hydro and
thermal, energy markets, supply/demand and commercial and industrial customers. Core understanding of
key drivers in value creation and prediction of market needs, moving towards a sustainable renewable energy
business model. Operational risk management including health and safety.
Asset infrastructure Experience successfully leading energy sector or adjacent companies (e.g. physical inf rastructure, new
technologies, engineering and construction), large scale projects, investment and management. Skills to
support and challenge in project investment, build and industrial maintenance.
Portfolio efficiencyExpertise in cost base reduction and increasing flexibility of an asset portfolio with sustainability at the foref ront.
Proven track record in cost out, improving reliability and resource utilisation while maintaining safety. Ideally
experience in process improvement in resource environments.
Capital markets, investment
community and ESG
Significant investment community experience. This spans finance, communications and securities law to enable
the most effective two-way understanding of, and communication between, the company and the financial
community, contributing to fair valuation and ability to gain buy-in for future strategic shifts. Experienced in
sustainable investing and with the ESG data toolkit for identifying risks, informing solutions and impacting
valuations, brand value and reputation.
Government and regulation Ability to engage effectively and collaboratively with key government stakeholders. Brings an understanding of
legal, policy, and regulatory environments that Contact operates in. Insight into non-financial risks around climate
change, natural resources scarcity, pollution/waste and ecological opportunities.
Iwi connection and relationshipsIwi connection and relationships to develop shared understanding of kaitiakitanga and collaborative investment
into resources.
Executive experienceFormer CEO or C-suite executive with excellent track record of growing value, leading with purpose, strategy
development and execution, including investing in people, leadership of culture, and effective delegation.
Experience in international markets.
Financial expertiseFinance and accounting experience of large companies including transformation and cost optimisation.
Expertise in M&A, project financing and/or wholesale commodity markets. The skills to chair the Audit and
Risk Committee.
IT, digital and new technologies Contemporary digital ecosystem platforms and systems to support lean operations, automation, security
management and customer innovation. Skills to support and challenge in capital investment plans, technology-
enabled operational efficiencies and service improvements. Strong exposure to trends in new energy
technologies, cleantech and new products that support decarbonisation including the developments in
transmission and changing nature of the ‘energy corridor’.
Secondary
Primary
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
53
Governance matters
Board committees
The Board has four standing committees to
perform work and provide specialist advice in
certain areas. Our Board works to the principle that
committees should enhance effectiveness in key
areas, while still retaining Board responsibility.
This financial year, we carried out a review of
Contact’s governance systems, to ensure the
Contact Board receives the right information in
a timely manner to help enable good decisions
to be made (the Governance Review). Part of
the Governance Review involved looking at the role
of the Board and Board committees, ensuring that
the right committee receives the right information
at the right time and that the flow of information
and decisions through the committees to the
Board contributes to effective decision-making.
This resulted in some changes to the way we
do things, effective f rom 1 July 2021.
The Audit and Risk Committee (ARC) helps the
Board fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s
external financial reporting, internal control
environment, business assurance and external
audit functions, and risk management.
The Safety and Sustainability (HSE) Committee
supports the Board in relation to HSE objectives
and monitoring HSE performance. For FY22, the
mandate of this committee has been widened to
include oversight of ESG matters and it has been
renamed the Safety and Sustainability Committee.
This reflects the importance Contact places on ESG
performance. The committee also has oversight of
climate related risks and opportunities.
The People Committee advises and supports the
Board in fulfilling its responsibilities across all aspects
of Contact’s people and capability strategies, risks,
policies and practices. In FY21, this Committee
also had responsibility for Board composition,
performance and remuneration, but those
functions will move to the full Board f rom FY22.
In FY20, the Board established the Tauhara Board
Committee, reflecting the strategic importance of
the Tauhara power station project. In October 2020,
this Committee’s mandate was widened to include
all major growth projects and opportunities.
The current members of the committees are:
CommitteeMembers
Audit and RiskDame Therese Walsh (Chair)
Victoria Crone
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Safety and SustainabilityElena Trout (Chair)
David Smol
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
PeopleJon Macdonald (Chair)
Robert McDonald
Dame Therese Walsh
DevelopmentDavid Smol (Chair)
Elena Trout
Jon Macdonald
Code of Conduct and policies
We expect all of our people to act honestly,
with integrity, in Contact’s best interests and
in accordance with the law, all the time. This
expectation, along with our Tikanga, is enshrined
in our Code of Conduct, which underpins our
corporate policy f ramework. We set new corporate
policies to address key risks and set expected
standards of behaviour for our people. Information
about how our key policies operate is in our
Corporate Governance Statement and the policies
themselves are on our website.
In FY21, we ref reshed our Protected Disclosure
(Whistleblowing) Policy, which offers protections
for employees who disclose serious wrongdoing
in accordance with the process in the policy, and
we replaced our old whistleblower hotline with a
new online portal to help ensure we’re aware of
any breaches of the Code of Conduct, our policies
or any other illegal or unethical activity. This portal
is easily accessible and user f riendly – anyone at
Contact who is concerned about any incident or
behaviour can use the whistleblower portal to
report that matter, anonymously if they choose.
Any whistleblower disclosures are reported to the
General Counsel and CEO and where appropriate,
the Chair.
In March this year, we published our first Modern
Slavery Statement, which sets out the steps we
have taken to identify, manage and mitigate the
specific risks of modern slavery in our operations
and supply chain. We have also implemented
a Supplier Code of Conduct, which outlines the
behaviours we expect f rom suppliers, particularly
regarding ethical, social and environmental
business practices.
“The increasing recognition
of the role that ESG plays in
Contact’s success and the focus
on strong governance for ESG
matters. As Chair of the Safety
and Sustainability Committee,
one thing that stood out in
particular was the HSE Culture
review with its focus on the
wellbeing of our people.”
Elena Trout, Director
“The success of retail adjacency with Contact’s broadband
product and recently hitting the milestone of 50,000 broadband
connections.”
Victoria Crone, Director
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
54
Governance matters
Risk management and assurance
Risk management
Our risk management f ramework enables the
Board to set an appropriate risk strategy and
ensure that risk is managed throughout the
organisation. The f ramework ensures we have
appropriate systems in place to identify material
risks and that, where applicable, the Board
sets appropriate tolerance limits. We assign
responsibility to individuals to manage identified
risks and we monitor any material change to
Contact’s risk profile.
Assurance
Our business assurance team fulfils our internal
audit function and provides objective assurance of
the effectiveness of our internal control f ramework.
The team is based in-house, and draws on external
expertise where required.
The team brings a disciplined approach to
evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk
management, internal controls and governance
processes. We use a risk-based assurance approach
driven by our risk management f ramework.
The team also assists external audits by making
findings f rom the internal assurance process
available for the external auditor to consider
when providing their opinion on the financial
statements. The team has unrestricted access to
all other departments, records and systems of
Contact, and to the external auditor and other third
parties as it deems necessary.
Auditors
We recognise that the role of our external auditor
is critical for the integrity of our financial reporting.
Our external auditor is KPMG. The Audit and Risk
Committee ensures that the audit partner is
changed at least every five years.
Our External Audit Independence Policy sets out
the f ramework we use to ensure the independence
of our external auditors is maintained and their
ability to carry out their statutory audit role is not
impaired. Under this policy, the external auditor
may not do any work for Contact that compromises,
or is seen to compromise, the independence and
objectivity of the external audit process. In addition,
KPMG confirms their continuing independent
status to the Board every six months.
The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee approved
KPMG to perform additional engagements this year,
including assuring our green borrowing programme,
greenhouse gas emissions and Global Reporting
Index (GRI) indicators.
Representatives f rom KPMG attend Contact’s
annual shareholder meeting, where they’re
available to answer shareholders’ questions
relating to the audit.
Risk Capacity
& Tolerance
Strategic
Direction
Board
Approving
strategic direction,
monitoring of
performance
Governance
structures, policies
and objectives,
identification of
significant risk
Monitor the environment, respond to
stakeholder material issues, anticipate
long-term threats and opportunity
“Approving the Tauhara geothermal power station project –
an investment decision that was a long time in the planning
and is New Zealand’s best low-carbon renewable electricity
opportunity.”
David Smol, Director
“Completing the acquisition of
Simply Energy, as an important
step towards our progress in
helping customers be smarter
with their electricity consumption,
and watching them succeed
– for example, the expansion
of demand flexibility and the
partnership with US-based
smart plug company Sapient.”
Jon Macdonald, Director
“Hosting the Prime Minister at the opening of the Tauhara
project site and seeing the impact the project will have
for the Taupō area and New Zealand’s decarbonisation efforts.”
Rukumoana Schaafhausen, Director
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
55
Governance matters
Remuneration report
Dear fellow shareholders
I am pleased to present Contact’s
remuneration report for FY21 on behalf
of the Board’s People Committee.
FY21 Financial results and remuneration
Contact has delivered a solid financial result for
shareholders this year with profit of $187 million,
EBITDAF of $553 million, and operating f ree cash
flow of $371 million. Operating costs and capital
expenditure have been managed prudently, while
contending with ongoing gas shortages and low
hydro lake levels.
Our discretionary short-term incentive pool
reflects Contact’s performance in FY21 and any
payments under these arrangements will be
made in September 2021. Given the company’s
performance over the past year, we consider
executive remuneration is appropriate.
A detailed overview of current employee
remuneration is set out in Employee remuneration.
Review of remuneration framework
As signalled last year, we reviewed our
remuneration f ramework to ensure remuneration
remains transparent, fair and enables Contact to
attract, reward and retain high-performing people.
We are committed to paying appropriate market
rates for all roles, and making sure people are
rewarded for their performance and experience.
Following this review, we made changes to our
short-term incentive scheme and our equity
scheme that will apply f rom FY22:
• we are buying out the short-term incentive (STI)
for people below senior management level and
therefore increasing their fixed remuneration
• we are applying a consistent weighting of the
corporate and individual performance outcomes
for senior employees who remain in the STI scheme
• senior managers invited to participate in the
equity scheme through Performance Share Rights
(PSRs) will now receive their full eligibility of PSRs
• we have reduced the test dates of PSRs to one test
at the third anniversary, and introduced a second
hurdle linked to decarbonisation and achieving
our Contact26 strategy
• the leadership team's cash STI has been reduced,
and their participation in Contact's Deferred
Share Rights (DSRs) scheme has been increased
by an equal amount.
The changes aim to provide more clarity and
certainty for our people, as well as increasing
alignment with company performance.
Inclusion and diversity
Activity aligned with Contact’s inclusion and
diversity strategy underpins the company’s work
environment, inclusion is embedded, and people
are encouraged to be themselves. In our people
engagement survey, the average score for “People
f rom all backgrounds are treated fairly at Contact”
is a very strong 8.7/10 which is good to see.
A wide range of initiatives drive greater inclusion and
support for the rainbow community, Māori, women
and young people. This includes Rainbow Tick
re-certification for the fourth consecutive year,
our Māori Summer Internship programme, and
support for the WING organisation to lift the
presence of women in the geothermal industry.
Contact also supports the Champions for Change
initiative and participated in its third Diversity and
Inclusion Impact report (published in March 2021).
The data f rom participating organisations shows
female representation increased both proportionally
and in absolute numbers between 2018 and 2020.
In FY21 Contact achieved gender balance (40:60
women to men) across half of our work categories,
but there are several categories where we need to
improve. We’ve reported on gender composition
across these categories in our sustainability
disclosures.
Pay equity analysis examines whether females
and males within the same role grade are paid
equitably. At Contact
the FY21 pay equity
is 97.6 per cent – this is
above our stated target
of 97 per cent (and FY20’s
96 per cent result) but we
remain committed to further reducing this gap.
An additional remuneration disclosure has been
included for the first time this year, including the
ratio between the total annual compensation of
the CEO and the median employee compensation
– a ratio of 20:1.
TWoW
Contact has embraced the choice for its people to
work f rom anywhere as long as their role allows, and
the work can be done safely and securely. Embracing
flexible work practices helps build engagement,
attract more diverse talent, and will help Contact
succeed over the longer term. This is echoed by
strong results around working flexibly and working
remotely in recent people engagement surveys.
More flexibility around location, and a greater use of
technology rather than travel has also contributed to
our ambition for less emissions. An additional benefit
of TWoW has been a recurring cost reduction of over
$1.8m per year, as a result of a range of initiatives but
primarily through a reduction in our property, travel
and technology costs. On a related note, the Contact
team has proven resilient and flexible in ensuring
minimal business disruption during further regional
COVID-19 alert level changes in FY21.
Contact is continuously looking to improve as
part of its overall commitment to being a good
employer. There is always more to do.
Jon Macdonald
Chair, People Committee
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
56
Governance matters
Directors’ remuneration
The total directors’ fee pool is $1,500,000 per
year. It has not increased since it was approved
by shareholders in 2008. Actual fees paid to
directors are determined by the Board on the
recommendation of the People Committee.
There were no increases in the level of director
fees between FY20 and FY21. On 19 April 2020,
the Board approved a 20 per cent reduction
in all directors’ fees for the period 1 April to
30 September 2020 in light of the developing
situation around COVID-19.
Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate.
In addition, Board members are reimbursed for
costs directly associated with carrying out their
duties, such as travel costs.
FY21
Chair
per annum
Member
per annum
Board of Directors$285,000*$138,000
Audit and Risk
Committee
$46,000$23,000
Safety and Sustainability
Committee
$26,000$13,000
People Committee$26,000$13,000
Development Committee$20,000$10,000
* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.
Directors*Board fees
Audit
and Risk
Committee
Safety and
Sustainability
Committee
People
Committee
Development
Committee
Total
remuneration
Robert McDonald$270,750$270,750
Victoria Crone $131,100$21,850$152,950
Whaimutu Dewes$96,600$16,100$9,100$121,800
Jon Macdonald$131,100$24,700$9,500$165,300
Rukumoana
Scaafhausen
$46,000$5,750$3,250$55,000
David Smol$131,100$12,350$17,000$160,450
Elena Trout$131,100$24,700$11,500$167,300
Dame Therese Walsh$131,100$43,700$12,350$187,150
Total$1,068,850$87,400$49,400$37,050$38,000$1,280,700
* Notes:
Amounts paid during the period 1 April to 30 June 2020 reflect a 20 per cent reduction, as described above.
Rukumoana Scaafhausen joined the Board on 1 March 2021.
Whaimutu Dewes resigned f rom the Board on 31 March 2021.
The mandate of the Tauhara Committee widened and it was renamed the Development Committee on 1 October 2020.
The mandate of the Health Safety and Environment Committee was widened and it was renamed the Safety and Sustainability
Committee on 1 July 2021.
David Smol replaced Elena Trout as Chair of the Development Committee on 1 October 2020.
In June 2021, the Board agreed certain changes to its committees to ensure it has the optimum governance structures in place for the
changing environment. We describe these changes in Board committees.
Whaimutu Dewes was paid $6,250 for consultancy services f rom 1 April 2021 (i.e. after his resignation f rom the Contact Board).
Details of remuneration paid to non-executive
directors of Contact subsidiaries for FY21 are as
follows:
Subsidiary
Non-executive
director
Total
remuneration
Simply Energy
Limited
Chris Seel$20,000
Western Energy
Services Limited
Dane Coppell$6,000
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
57
Governance matters
Chief Executive Officer and Executive
Team remuneration
The CEO and Executive Team remuneration
is reviewed by our Board each year. The Board
works closely with and is advised by Contact’s
People Committee.
The remuneration reflects the complexity of the
roles and the wide-ranging skills needed to do
them well. We also consider market remuneration
data benchmarks, look at the achievement of
performance goals and factor in creating long-term
sustainable shareholder value.
The total remuneration is made up of a fixed
remuneration component, which includes cash
salary and other employment benefits, and pay-
for-performance remuneration containing short-
term incentives (cash and equity awarded through
deferred share rights) and long-term incentives
(equity awarded through performance share rights).
The following table details the nature and amount
of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time as
CEO during the year.
CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2021
PositionFixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration
Total
remuneration
$
Salary
paid $
Benefits
$
Subtotal
$
Cash
STI $
Equity
STI $
Equity
LTI $
Subtotal
$
FY211,150,00038,340
1
1,188,340431,250
2
258,750
3
402,500
4
1,092,500 2,280,840
Pay-for-performance remuneration breakdown for the year ended 30 June 2021
All discretionary payments were calculated and paid based on period employed in FY21.
SchemeDescriptionPerformance measures
Percentage of
maximum potential
Cash STI
5
Cash STI is a discretionary scheme
based on achievement of KPIs.
Maximum potential set at 50% of
base salary.
70% based on corporate shared KPIs:
• 50% financial results (Operating
Free Cash Flow, EBITDAF, OPEX)
• 40% transformation targets
• 10% safety targets
30% based on individual KPIs
including corporate reputation,
demand growth, transformation,
strategy development and
executive capability.
75%
(Paid September 2021)
Equity STI
(awarded
as deferred
share rights)
Equity STI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the time-bound
exercise hurdle being achieved.
Maximum potential set at 30% of
base salary for CEO.
The participant’s performance
rating influences the Equity STI
awarded by the Board.
The exercise hurdle to receive these
is to remain employed by Contact
2 years f rom the grant date.
75%
$258,750 based on fair value
allocation
(To be granted 1 October
2021 and tested October
2023)
Equity LTI
(awarded as
performance
share rights)
Equity LTI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the exercise
hurdle being achieved.
Set at 35% of base salary for CEO.
The exercise hurdles to receive
these are:
• 50% Contact’s relative total
shareholder return (TSR) ranking
within an energy industry peer
group of other New Zealand
NZX50 listed utilities companies.
• 50% internal hurdle related
to our strategic priority of
decarbonisation.
Tested once, at year 3.
100%
$402,500 based on fair value
allocation
(To be granted 1 October
2021 and tested October
2024)
1 Benefits include 3% KiwiSaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.
2 STI for FY21 period, paid in FY22.
3 Equity, based on fair value allocation, performance hurdles tested 2023.
4 Equity, based on fair value allocation, performance hurdles tested 2024.
5 The Cash STI performance weightings changed in FY21 to 70% corporate and 30% individuals KPIs f rom the previous 60% corporate and
40% individual KPIs.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
58
Governance matters
$0$500,000$1,000,000$1,500,000$2,000,000$2,500,000$3,000,000
Base salary & benefitsCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI
Maximum potential remuneration
On-plan remuneration
Fixed remuneration
CEO remuneration
The scenario chart below demonstrates the elements of Mike Fuge’s CEO remuneration design.
Five-year CEO remuneration summary
Financial
year
Total
remuneration
paid
1
Percentage
Cash STI
awarded against
maximum
Percentage
vested Equity
STI against
maximum
Span of Equity
STI performance
period
Percentage vested
Equity LTI against
maximum
Span of Equity
LTI performance
period
Mike Fuge
FY21$2,280,84075%0%n/a0%n/a
FY20
2
$669,64140%0%n/a0%n/a
Dennis Barnes
FY20
3
$995,56632%100%2017–2019
2018–2019
2015 Options/PSR 89.54%
2016 Options/PSR 50%
2015–2020
2016–2020
FY19$1,787,81678%100%2016–20182013 Options 100%
4
2014 Options 100%
2013–2018
2014–2019
FY18$3,031,608 55%100%2015–20170%n/a
FY17$2,081,641 50%0%n/a0%n/a
-10%
30 June 201730 June 201830 June 201930 June 202030 June 2021
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
Five-year summary TSR
1
performance graph
Company
NZX50
Peer group
2
31.92%
29.59%
28.89%
1 TSR calculated using the volume-weighted average price for the
3 months prior to year end.
2 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,
Vector and Trustpower, with Trustpower only in the group f rom
FY18.
1 Total remuneration paid includes
salary, benefits, Cash STI, and value
of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).
2 24 February 2020 – 30 June 2020
3 1 July 2019 – 28 February 2020
4 100% of STI and LTI Equity vested as a
result of Origin selling its shareholding
in Contact triggering vesting of equity
due to the change of control.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
59
Governance matters
Contact employee remuneration
We’re committed to paying appropriate market
rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are
rewarded for their performance and experience.
There are three parts to employee remuneration
– fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance
remuneration, and other benefits. These combine
to attract, reward and retain high-performing
employees.
Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is based on the role
responsibilities, individual performance and
experience, and current market remuneration
data. Contact targets fixed remuneration at the
median of the market range.
Pay-for-performance remuneration
Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises
and rewards high-performing employees and
comprises short-term incentives (cash and
deferred share rights) and long-term incentives
(performance share rights).
Short-term incentives (STI)
STIs are designed to recognise and reward high
performance with cash incentives and deferred
share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for
some higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have a
maximum potential level set reflecting the person’s
position grade, and are based on performance
measured against key performance indicators
(KPIs), which generally consist of company and
individual objectives. The Board reserves the right
to adjust STI awards if company targets are not met.
Long-term incentives (LTI)
Contact provides awards of performance share
rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our
senior people and key talent. This aims to encourage
and reward longer-term decision-making and align
participants’ interests with Contact’s shareholders.
These are subject to performance hurdles.
Equity scheme
At 30 June 2021 there were 94 participants in Contact’s
equity scheme. For further details on the equity
scheme and the number of performance share rights
and deferred share rights granted, exercised, lapsed
and on issue at the end of the reporting period,
see note E10 of the financial statements.
Other benefits
We know that rewards mean more than just
money, so we offer our people a range of other
benefits too. Some of these have eligibility criteria
and include: discounts for home energy and
broadband; employer-subsidised health insurance;
an employee share ownership plan called ‘Contact
Share’ (see note E10 in financial statements for
more detail); and additional benefits and offers
f rom retailers and service providers.
Additional Contact remuneration
disclosures
• Pay equity is monitored and reported on,
comparing pay by gender in roles at the same
grade levels (i.e. roles requiring a similar level
of skills, knowledge, and accountabilities).
At 30 June 2021 our pay equity was at 97.6 per
cent for women to men. We make adjustments to
individual salaries where appropriate to address
pay equity while applying our grade structure.
• CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 20:1. The ratio
between the total annual compensation of the
CEO and the median employee compensation.
• Contact does not implement any clawback
practices on employee remuneration other
than in situations permitted by New Zealand
legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).
• Contact has remediated underpayments to our
current and ex-employees following a review of
how we applied the regulations in the Holidays
Act 2003.
• Contact does not have a share ownership
requirement for the CEO or Executive Team.
• The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as
CEO is six months.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
60
Governance matters
Group
1
employees who earn over $100k
The table shows the number of our people
(including any who have left) who received
remuneration and other benefits during FY21 of
at least $100,000 for the year ended 30 June 2021.
The value of remuneration benefits analysed includes:
• fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime
payments
• employer superannuation contributions
• short-term cash incentives relating to FY20
performance but paid in FY21 (Contact and
Simply Energy)
• the value of equity-based incentives at fair value
allocation received during FY21 (Contact)
• the value of Contact Share received during FY21
(Contact)
• redundancy and other payments made on
termination of employment.
The figures do not include; amounts paid after
30 June 2021 that relate to the year ended
30 June 2021, the remuneration (and any other
benefits) of the Contact CEO, Mike Fuge, as they
are disclosed in CEO remuneration.
1 Excludes Drylandcarbon.
Table of employees who earn over $100k
Remuneration bandNumber of employees
$100,001–$110,00047
$110,001–$120,00042
$120,001–$130,00061
$130,001–$140,00053
$140,001–$150,00053
$150,001–$160,00039
$160,001–$170,00033
$170,001–$180,00014
$180,001–$190,00017
$190,001–$200,00013
$200,001–$210,00019
$210,001–$220,00014
$220,001–$230,0006
$230,001–$240,0004
$240,001–$250,0003
$250,001–$260,0006
$260,001–$270,0003
$270,001–$280,0006
$280,001–$290,0003
$290,001–$300,0002
$300,001–$310,0001
$320,001–$330,0003
$330,001–$340,0004
$370,001–$380,0002
$380,001–$390,0001
$390,001–$400,0001
$400,001–$410,0001
$430,001–$440,0001
$480,001–$490,0002
$490,001–$500,0001
$530,001–$540,0001
$550,001–$560,0001
$640,001–$650,0001
$720,001–$730,0001
$960,001–$970,0001
$1,120,001–$1,130,0001
461
2
2 Includes 29 former employees across the group
(excluding Drylandcarbon).
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
61
Additional disclosures
Additional
disclosures
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
62
Additional disclosures
Statutory disclosures
Disclosures of interests by directors
The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of Contact
Energy Limited in accordance with section 140 of the Companies Act 1993.
Robert McDonald
Fletcher Building LimitedDirector
AIA LimitedDirector
Chartered Accountants Australia & New ZealandDirector
University of Auckland Business School Advisory BoardChair
University of Auckland CouncilMember
McDonald Family TrustTrustee
Victoria Crone
Statistics New Zealand Chair
Callaghan Innovation Chief Executive
Officer
Figure.NZCo-Chair
Jon Macdonald
Sharesies Limited and various subsidiariesDirector
Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of Trade Me Ltd) Director
Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiariesDirector
NZ Technology Training TrustTrustee
My Food Bag Group LimitedDirector
The Champ TrustTrustee/Beneficiary
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
AgResearch LimitedDirector
KGS LimitedDirector
Te Waharoa Investments LimitedDirector
Miro (Hautupua) LimitedDirector
Water Governance Board, Waikato District CouncilDirector
Tindall FoundationTrustee
Princes Trust NZTrustee
Equippers Church TrustTrustee
David Smol
New Zealand Growth Capital Partners LimitedChair
Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory CommitteeChair
Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit CommitteeChair
Capital & Coast District Health BoardChair
Hutt Valley District Health BoardChair
New Zealand Transport AgencyBoard Member
The Co-operative Bank LimitedDirector
Victoria Link LimitedChair
Rimu Road Consulting LimitedDirector
Elena Trout
Callaghan InnovationDirector
Ngapuhi Asset Holding Company Limited and various subsidiariesDirector
Joint NZ Defence Force and Ministry of Defence Capability
Governance Board
External Member
Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority (EECA)Chair
Low Emission Vehicles Contestable Fund (a fund f rom EECA
budget)*
Chair
Harrison Grierson Holdings Limited and various subsidiariesDirector
Motiti Investments LimitedDirector
Ara Ake LimitedDirector
Interim Establishment Board for the Construction and
Inf rastructure Workforce Development Council
Chair
* Fund expired mid-2021.
Dame Therese Walsh
Air New ZealandChair
ASB BankDirector*
Antarctica NZDirector
On Being Bold Director
Wellington Homeless Women’s TrustAmbassador
Climate Change Commission Nominations PanelMember
Therese Walsh Consulting LimitedDirector
*Will become Chair effective 1 September 2021.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
63
Additional disclosures
Information used by directors
No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his
or her capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the
director.
Indemnity and insurance
In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the
constitution of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure
its directors and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential
liability or costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited
by law.
Directors’ security participation
Directors are required to hold a minimum of 20,000 shares within three years
of appointment.
Securities of the company in which each director has a relevant interest
at 30 June 2021
DirectorOrdinary sharesBonds
Robert McDonald34,60235,000
Victoria Crone21,533
Jon Macdonald23,068
David Smol20,550
Elena Trout21,186
Dame Therese Walsh17,225
Securities dealings of directors
During the year, the directors disclosed in respect of section 148(2) of the
Companies Act 1993 that they acquired or disposed of a relevant interest in
securities as follows:
Director
Date of
acquisition
Nature of
transaction
Consideration
per share
Number
of shares
acquired
Robert
McDonald
12/03/21Acquisition under
retail equity offer
$6.744,602
Victoria Crone12/03/21Acquisition under
retail equity offer
$6.741,483
Whaimutu
Dewes
12/03/21Acquisition under
retail equity offer
$6.743,070
Jon Macdonald12/03/21Acquisition under
retail equity offer
$6.743,068
David Smol12/03/21Acquisition under
retail equity offer
$6.742,316
29/03/21On-market purchase$6.853,134
Elena Trout12/03/21Acquisition under
retail equity offer
$6.741,186
Dame Therese
Walsh
12/03/21Acquisition under
retail equity offer
$6.742,225
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
64
Additional disclosures
Shareholder statistics
Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2021
Number of
ordinary shares
% of ordinary
shares
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited60,890,7127.85
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited53,969,7906.95
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited51,298,9796.61
National Nominees New Zealand Limited49,101,0526.33
JP Morgan Chase Bank40,784,0925.25
Accident Compensation Corporation30,073,7333.87
Tea Custodians Limited27,606,0673.56
FNZ Custodians Limited27,273,2983.51
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited23,511,9443.03
New Zealand Superannuation Fund Nominees
Limited
19,942,0722.57
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited 18,000,8562.32
JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited17,431,7622.25
Cogent Nominees Limited15,694,5412.02
Custodial Services Limited15,047,4381.94
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited13,240,0491.71
New Zealand Depository Nominee10,896,5401.40
Custodial Services Limited10,514,0721.35
JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited9,987,0141.29
Premier Nominees Limited9,372,3061.21
Private Nominees Limited7,942,6241.02
Total for top 20 512,578,94166.04
Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2021
Size of holding
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Number of
ordinary
shares
% of
ordinary
shares
1–1,000 28,16644.6318,095,0942.33
1,001–5,00028,63345.3753,154,5266.85
5,001–10,0003,5595.6425,127,7423.24
10,001–50,0002,4283.8546,704,0156.02
50,001–100,0002030.3214,084,9311.81
100,001 and over1270.20618,955,76279.75
Total63,116100.00776,122,070100.00
Substantial product holders
According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,
the following persons were substantial product holders of the company as
at 30 June 2021:
Substantial product
holder
Number of ordinary shares in
which relevant interest is held
Date of notice
The Vanguard Group, Inc.38,806,27518 June 2021
BlackRock Inc. and related
bodies corporate
38,912,2754 May 2021
The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2021 was
776,122,070 fully paid ordinary shares.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
65
Additional disclosures
Bondholder statistics
Twenty largest CEN030 bondholders at 30 June 2021
Number of
CEN030 bonds
% of CEN030
bonds
FNZ Custodians Limited16,440,00010.96
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited15,249,00010.17
Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited14,439,0009.63
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited10,622,0007.08
Commonwealth Bank of Australia7,859,0005.24
NZ Permanent Trustees Limited 7,439,0004.96
Custodial Services Limited4,565,0003.04
Tea Custodians Limited4,097,0002.73
Cogent Nominees Limited4,096,0002.73
Custodial Services Limited3,779,5002.52
National Nominees New Zealand Limited3,624,0002.42
Southern Cross Medical Care Society3,400,0002.27
Custodial Services Limited3,159,5002.11
ANZ National Bank Limited3,034,0002.02
Custodial Services Limited2,748,0001.83
Private Nominees Limited2,638,0001.76
Pin Twenty Limited2,500,0001.67
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited2,350,0001.57
Investment Custodial Services Limited2,109,0001.41
University Of Otago Foundation Trust1,985,0001.32
Total for top 20 116,133,00077.44
Distribution of CEN030 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2021
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,000539.76265,0000.18
5,001–10,00012022.101,128,5000.75
10,001–50,00029253.787,886,5005.26
50,001–100,000285.162,341,0001.56
100,001 and over509.21138,379,00092.25
Total543100.00150,000,000100.00
Twenty largest CEN040 bondholders at 30 June 2021
Number of
CEN040 bonds
% of CEN040
bonds
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited20,738,00020.74
FNZ Custodians Limited12,007,00012.01
Cogent Nominees Limited7,585,0007.59
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited7,038,0007.04
Custodial Services Limited4,073,0004.07
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited3,909,0003.91
Westpac Banking Corporation3,250,0003.25
Private Nominees Limited3,159,0003.16
Southern Cross Medical Care Society3,000,0003.00
Custodial Services Limited2,681,0002.68
Custodial Services Limited2,612,0002.61
Custodial Services Limited2,394,0002.39
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited2,330,0002.33
Investment Custodial Services Limited2,313,0002.31
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited1,444,0001.44
Hobson Wealth Custodian Limited1,375,0001.38
FNZ Custodians Limited1,129,0001.13
Custodial Services Limited1,075,0001.08
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited936,0000.94
JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited850,0000.85
Total for top 20 83,898,00083.91
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
66
Additional disclosures
Distribution of CEN040 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2021
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,0003410.73170,0000.17
5,001–10,0007022.08675,0000.68
10,001–50,00016150.794,285,0004.29
50,001–100,000175.361,286,0001.29
100,001 and over3511.0493,584,00093.58
Total 317100.00100,000,000100.00
Twenty largest CEN050 bondholders at 30 June 2021
Number of
CEN050 bonds
% of CEN050
bonds
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited11,800,00011.80
FNZ Custodians Limited9,895,0009.90
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Limited9,330,0009.33
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited7,550,0007.55
Custodial Services Limited6,324,0006.32
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited4,730,0004.73
Cogent Nominees Limited4,576,0004.58
Tea Custodians Limited4,550,0004.55
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited4,540,0004.54
Custodial Services Limited4,264,0004.26
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited3,953,0003.95
JB Were (NZ) Nominees Limited3,302,0003.30
Custodial Services Limited3,173,0003.17
Custodial Services Limited2,556,0002.56
Custodial Services Limited1,297,0001.30
Mt Nominees Limited1,241,0001.24
Investment Custodial Services Limited1,175,0001.18
Private Nominees Limited1,000,0001.00
Woolf Fisher Trust Inc950,0000.95
FNZ Custodians Limited906,0000.91
Total for top 20 87,112,00087.12
Distribution of CEN050 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2021
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,00062.8730,0000.03
5,001–10,0004421.05426,0000.43
10,001–50,00010449.762,824,0002.82
50,001–100,0002311.001,702,0001.70
100,001 and over3215.3195,018,00095.02
Total209100.00100,000,000100.00
Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries
The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited
as at 30 June 2021: Robert McDonald, Victoria Crone, Jon Macdonald,
Rukumoana Schaafhausen, David Smol, Elena Trout and Dame Therese
Walsh. Whaimutu Dewes held office as a director during the reporting
period until 31 March 2021.
The following people held office as directors of Contact’s subsidiaries as at
30 June 2021:
Simply Energy Limited
Dorian Devers
Murray Dyer
James Kilty
Stephen Peterson
Chris Seel
Catherine Thompson*
*Appointed 28 April 2021.
Western Energy Services Limited
Dane Coppell
Dorian Devers*
Mike Dunstall*
James Kilty*
Catherine Thompson*
*Appointed 31 March 2021.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
67
Additional disclosures
NZX waivers
There were no waivers granted by NZX or relied on by Contact in the
12 months preceding 30 June 2021.
Stock exchange listings
Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board
and the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code
‘CEN’. Contact has three issues of retail bonds listed and quoted on the NZX
Debt Market under the company codes ‘CEN030’, ‘CEN040’ and ‘CEN050’.
Contact’s listing on the ASX is as a Foreign Exempt Listing. For the purposes
of ASX listing rule 1.15.3, Contact confirms that it continues to comply with
the NZX listing rules.
Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers
NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation
to Contact during FY21.
Auditor fees
KPMG has continued to act as auditors of the company. The amount
payable by Contact and its subsidiaries to KPMG as audit fees in respect of
FY21 was $541,000. The fees for other services undertaken by KPMG during
FY21 totalled $57,250. These related to other assurance activities: reviews of
Contact’s green borrowing programme, greenhouse gas emissions and GRI
(sustainability), and supervisor reporting.
Donations
In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact
records that it donated $36,642 in FY21 including charitable donations,
provision of f ree energy and where we have given a koha. Donations are
made on the basis that the recipient is not obliged to provide any service
such as promoting Contact’s brand and are separate f rom Contact’s
sponsorship activity. No political contributions were made during the year.
Credit rating
Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor’s long-term credit rating
of BBB/stable and short-term rating of A-2.
The $150 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in September 2015 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The $100 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in February 2017 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The $100 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in March 2019 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
Sustainability disclosures
Memberships of associations or advocacy organisations
Holds a position on the governance body
Electricity Retailers’ Association of New Zealand (ERANZ)
Gas Industry Company
Participates in projects or committees
Business New Zealand
(Energy Council Major Companies Group, Corporate Affairs Group, Corporate
Taxpayers Group)
Sustainable Business Council
Australasian Investor Relations Association
Climate Leaders Coalition
Champions for Change
Drive Electric
Electricity Authority Market Development Advisory Group
Hugo Group
Liquefied Petroleum Gas Association
NZ Initiative
ERANZ Retailer Revenue Assurance Advisory Forum
ERANZ Retailers’ Operational Forum
ERANZ Vulnerable Customer & Medically Dependent Customer (VCMDC) Working Group
ERANZ Policy Committee
ERANZ Communications Committee
ERANZ Data Working Group
NZ Hydrogen Association
Generator Forum
ENA Technical Implementation Working Group
ENA Joint Implementation Working Group
Wellington Chamber of Commerce
Women in Geothermal
International Geothermal Association
NZ Geothermal Association
Aotearoa Circle
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
68
Additional disclosures
External commitments
Organisation/GroupDate of
adoption
Commitment
Climate Leaders
Coalition
July 2019• To measure our greenhouse gas emissions,
have them independently verified and
publicly report on them.
• Adopt targets grounded in science that will
deliver substantial emissions reductions so
organisations contribute to being carbon
neutral by 2050. These targets will be
considered in current planning cycles.
• Assessing our climate change risks and
publicly disclosing them.
• Proactively support our people to reduce
their emissions.
• Proactively support our suppliers to reduce
their emissions.
• Committed to the Paris Agreement
Target to keep warming below 2°C and to
further pursue efforts to limit temperature
increases to 1.5°C.
Science Based Targets
initiative – Committed
March 2018We commit to progressing emission
reduction in line with verified target.
Climate-related risks and opportunities
The following table presents an overview of Contact’s most material
climate-related risks and opportunities in the short, medium and long term.
We review these annually.
In 2019, we commissioned NIWA to model the potential impacts of climate
change on our operations. We modelled two scenarios: a business-as-
usual scenario where greenhouse gas concentrations continue unabated
(Representative Concentration Pathway 8.5); and a mitigation scenario with a
global effort to heavily reduce concentrations (RCP 2.5). Under either scenario
used we saw that most sites will experience a tripling of the number of hot
days, with spring and summer expected to become drier and winter wetter.
Our hydro catchment is likely to have increased inflows, with potential
for hydro generation increasing – especially under the business-as-usual
scenario.
Given this, and also what we know about the transitional risks of climate
change, such as changing regulation, stakeholder expectations and market
dynamics, we have identified a range of risks which we have then rated as
low, medium, or high based on the likelihood, time-horizon and potential
impact/size of the opportunity or risk.
We use our existing risk management systems to capture, monitor and
report on climate-related risks. Risks rated high are also monitored by the
leadership team and the Board Audit and Risk Committee. The Board Health,
Safety and Environment Committee, who have formal oversight of climate-
related issues, also review the climate-related risks. The full Board, when
setting strategy, also considers a wide range of risks and environmental
factors, and the work that our teams do to understand issues such as
climate change contributes to their decision-making.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
69
Additional disclosures
Short term (now–2023) Medium term (2023–2035) Long term (2035–onwards)
These may impact near-term financial results,
including those that may materialise within the
current reporting cycle.
May materially impact financial results over the
longer term and may require us to adjust our strategy.
Risks that could fundamentally impact the long-term
strategy and business model.
Market transition risks and opportunities
Contact’s
emissions
profile
• Reputational impact of continued use of thermal and
high-emissions generation.
• Heightened scrutiny f rom customers and investors on
environmental, social, governance (ESG) performance
of businesses.
• Rising gas and carbon costs.
• National imperative to reduce carbon emissions
through policy and other means.
• Heightened scrutiny of emissions f rom geothermal
energy generation.
• Leadership of decarbonisation initiatives including
delivering on science-based targets.
• Stakeholder rejection of fossil fuels including natural
gas.
Leading the
market to
decarbonise
• Rising stakeholder expectations increase the pace of
change in which businesses must adapt/respond to
climate-related issues.
• Increased opportunity for renewable developments.
• New opportunities and markets developed to
support low-carbon transition activities.
• Opportunity to deepen relationships with customers
who are looking to decarbonise.
• Transition to lower-carbon economy creates more
demand for electricity.
• Opportunities for innovative customer and
technology solutions.
• Increased electricity demand.
• Increased demand for green energy products/
certification.
• Wider options for new generation development.
Thermal
transition
• Opportunity for renewable generation to displace
thermal.
• Potential for high-emissions industries to favour gas
as a transition fuel, resulting in increased gas use and
emissions in the short term.
• Continued requirement for thermal peaking plant in
New Zealand to ensure affordable security of supply.
• Opportunity to develop Thermal Co.
• Ensuring an orderly transition to a low-emissions
energy sector.
• Potential for significant renewable overbuild, and
massive distributed generation.
New
technology
• Customer adoption of new technologies and/or
energy efficient solutions impacts on demand for
grid connected electricity.
• Opportunity for smart-solutions for customers to
assist decarbonisation.
• Customer adoption of new technologies and/or
energy efficient solutions impacts on demand for
grid connected electricity.
• Opportunity for innovative new energy sources e.g.
hydrogen.
• Increase in demand due to changing industry energy
requirements.
• New technology makes current generation
redundant and/or impacts demand significantly.
Regulation
• Changes to regulation impacts on costs of business
and/or licence to operate.
• New regulation requires Contact to offset or reduce
emissions faster than planned.
• New Zealand’s costs become higher relative to globe
which results in production moving offshore and
reduced demand.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
70
Additional disclosures
Short term (now–2023) Medium term (2023–2035) Long term (2035–onwards)
These may impact near-term financial results,
including those that may materialise within the
current reporting cycle.
May materially impact financial results over the
longer term and may require us to adjust our strategy.
Risks that could fundamentally impact the long-term
strategy and business model.
Physical risks and opportunities
Temperature
increases
• Changes to maintenance requirements as
temperatures increase.
• Changes to electricity demand as temperatures
change.
• Health, safety and wellbeing impacts on people
working in warmer conditions.
• Impacts on the efficiency and availability of
generation plants.
• Implications on resource consent requirements
which may increase costs and/or impact on licence
to operate.
• Impacts on operational plant may require change in
design.
Access to
natural
resources
• Changes to hydro inflows impact on our renewable
generation.
• Consent renewal required for Wairākei in 2026.
• Changes in regulation may impact on access to
water, consent conditions and/or costs.
• Increased demand and competition for natural
resources, including f resh water, impacts on access
to natural resources for generation.
• Drilling programme requires access to significant
volumes of water.
• Consents required for new developments.
• Water storage requirements change.
• Increased hydro inflows create opportunities to
increase generation output, but may also increase
flood risk and require spilling at hydro.
Intensity of
storms
• Increased potential for erosion issues.
• Disruption to physical works during storms.
• Stormwater systems require redesign and/
or replacement to meet changing capacity
requirements.
• Potential for increased power outages due to
transmission failure caused by storms.
• Increased flood risk around rivers and lakes impacts
on generation operations.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
71
Additional disclosures
Group Scope 1 emissions
Emissions (tCO
2
e)
Thermal
Generation
Emission Intensity
(tCO
2
e per MWh)
Total Generation
Emission Intensity
(tCO
2
e per MWh)
FY21FY20 FY21FY20FY21FY20
Fuel used
for thermal
generation
866,013722,834
1
Fuel used for
geothermal
generation
178,524 199,965
1
Total fuel used
for generation
1,044,536 922,798
1
0.5440.5320.124 0.109
Fuel used in
vehicles
178270
Fugitive
emissions – SF6
29 4
Total Scope 11,044,744 923,072
1
1. FY20 figure updated due to finalised data becoming available (estimates were used previously).
Group Scope 2 and 3 emissions
ScopeCategoryFY21 tCO
2
eFY20 tCO
2
e
Indirect Emissions
(Scope 2)
Electricity Consumption1,3001,258
Simply Energy – electricity
consumption (location based)
3N/A
Subtotal1,3031,258
Indirect Emissions
(Scope 3)
Purchased Goods and
Services
16,69911,915
1
Capital Goods41,72618,052
Fuel and Energy330,20791,857
Upstream Transportation27 14
Waste149123
Business Travel263719
Employee Commuting306 606
Use of Sold Products165,259 166,310
Downstream Leased Assets399306
Subtotal555,036277,987
Total (Scope 1, 2 and 3) 1,601,0831,202,317
For more details on our emissions please refer to our GHG inventory
on our website.
KPMG have provided an unmodified limited assurance opinion as to
whether anything has come to their attention to indicate that Contact
Energy’s Greenhouse Gas emissions inventory report has not been prepared
in accordance with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol’s Corporate Standard
requirements for the period 1 July 2020 – 30 June 2021.
Supply chain impacts
Number of suppliers assessed for environmental and social impacts.5
Number of suppliers identified as having significant actual and potential
negative environmental and social impacts.
1
Percentage of suppliers with which improvements have been agreed upon as a
result of assessment.
0%
Percentage of suppliers with which relationships have been terminated as a
result of assessment, and why.
0%
Our supplier reviews identified one supplier that had potential negative
environmental and social impacts. These potential impacts were effects
on marine life, effects on ecology and fisheries resource, and cultural
and community concerns. Our review found that these impacts were
appropriately managed by the supplier through their resource consenting
and consultation processes.
Safety data at 30 June 2021
EmployeesNon-employees
NumberRateNumberRate
Fatalities0000
High-consequence work-related0000
Recordable work-related injuries10.5248.59
Number of hours worked1,914,213N/A465,707N/A
The main types of work-related injuriesForeign body in eyeStrains and sprains
Work-related hazards that pose a risk
of high-consequence injury
Energy sources, hazardous substances, working
at height, working in confined spaces, lifting
heavy loads, working with mobile plant, working
around water, excavations, fitness for work,
staying safe while driving, scope of work change.
The hazards listed above have been determined through identification of critical tasks and based
on consequences of injuries that happen in these areas.
Our hazard ID processes cover actions taken to eliminate these hazards and minimise risks.
Rates have been calculated based on 1,000,000 hours worked.
Monitored contractors are excluded because the work is contracted and takes place off sites.
1. Figure restated due to methodology correction.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
72
Additional disclosures
Contact Green Borrowing Programme
In line with our commitment to a low-carbon economy, Contact has a Green
Borrowing Programme to finance Contact’s past and future renewable
energy generation investments. This is a progressive approach to financing
and provides investors and lenders with an opportunity to access a broad
range of accredited green debt instruments where proceeds have been
applied to eligible green assets.
The Green Borrowing Programme is described in Contact’s Green Bond
Framework (Framework), which aligns with the Green Bond Principles and is
certified by the Climate Bonds Initiative (CBI) under Climate Bond Standard
V3.0 with assurance f rom KPMG.
The Framework, CBI certification and KPMG’s annual assurance statement
are available on our website. The Framework articulates which of
1 Includes direct heat sold to Tenon and Nature’s Flame.
2 Ineligible green asset in relation to Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.
Contact’s debt instruments and assets qualify as green, and provides for a
comprehensive compliance and disclosure regime to ensure the Climate
Bonds Standard V3.0 is always met, in turn ensuring that the existing CBI
certification remains in place. A key compliance metric is the Green Ratio
whereby the total green asset value must be at least equal to total green
debt instruments (i.e. a ratio of 1.0 minimum). This indicator is reported on
a half-yearly basis.
The following table sets out the total green asset value and total green debt
instruments for the current reporting period, and confirms that the Green
Ratio is met at 1.45. Contact confirms to the best of its knowledge that its
Green Borrowing Programme continues to remain in compliance with the
CBI certification in place, including the requirements of the Climate Bonds
Standard V3.0.
Geothermal assets data as at 30 June 2021
Book value
$m
Generation
(GWh)
Emissions
(tCO
2
e)
Emissions
intensity
(gCO
2
e/
KWh)
Compliance
with CBI
standards
(< 100
gCO
2
e/KWh)
Poihipi14733912,83038Yes
Tauhara223––N/AYes
Te Mihi4961,24047,24838Yes
Te Huka1091558,10952Yes
Wairākei7581,08119,81218Yes
Tenon and Nature’s Flame
1
91981,5978Yes
Ohaaki
2
105299 88,930298No
Geothermal portfolio total/average1,8473,312 178,52654Yes
Eligible Green Asset total/average1,7423,013 89,59530Yes
Total Green Debt Instruments 1,203
Green Asset Ratio1.45
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
73
Additional disclosures
Workforce by gender and employment type at 30 June
1
FY20
Total
headcount Women Men
Fixed
term Permanent
Part
time Full time
Officers
2
6 2 4 0 6 0 6
Corporate 69 42 27 5 64 13 56
Customer 516 324 192 25 491 72 444
Generation 343 71 272 11 332 28 315
Total 934 439 495 41 893 113 821
FY21
Total
headcount Women Men
Undisclosed
Fixed
term Permanent
Part
time Full time
Officers
2
93600909
Corporate 72462605671557
Customer 50530919512348270435
Development5518370352253
Generation
and trading
3045025401129324280
Total 945426518142903111834
Board diversity at 30 June
MenWomenTotalUnder 3030–50Over 50Total
European/
PākehāMāoriPasifikaTotal
Board of directors FY2043703476117
57%43%100%043%57%100%
Board of directors FY21 347 0 4 3 7 6 1 1 7
43% 57% 100% 0 57% 43% 100%
1 Gender is recorded by self-identification.
2 ‘Officers’ means the CEO and members of Contact’s Leadership Team.
Employment contract and type by gender
FY20WomenMenTotal
Permanent employees417476893
Fixed-term employees221941
Total934
Full-time employees352469821
Part-time employees8726113
Total934
FY21WomenMenUndisclosedTotal
Permanent
employees
4054971903
Fixed-term
employees
2121042
Total945
Full-time
employees
3394941834
Part-time
employees
87240111
Total945
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
74
Additional disclosures
Employee diversity at 30 June, by business unit
1
FY20 Women Men Under 30 30–50 Over 50 Undisclosed Māori Pasifika Asian European Other AMELA Undisclosed
Officers33% 67% 0% 33% 67% 0% 0% 17% 0% 50% 33% 0% 17%
Corporate 61% 39% 12% 62% 23% 3% 7% 0% 7% 35% 33% 0% 29%
Customer 63% 37% 29% 47% 23% 1% 9% 3% 9% 36% 25% 2% 33%
Generation 21% 79% 8% 44% 47% 1% 6% 1% 5% 39% 35% 1% 25%
Total 47% 53% 20% 47% 32% 1% 8% 2% 7% 37% 29% 1% 29%
FY21 Women MenUnder 30 30–50 Over 50 Undisclosed Māori Pasifika Asian European Other AMELA Undisclosed
Officers33%67%0%33%67%0%0%0%0%44%33%11%11%
Corporate 64%36%11%67%21%1%7%0%10%35%26%0%32%
Customer 61%39%27%49%23%1%11%3%10%39%24%1%28%
Development33%67%9%58%33%0%5%4%4%45%31%2%24%
Generation
and trading
16%84%9%40%50%1%6%1%6%39%35%1%24%
Total 45%55%19%48%33%1%9%2%8%39%28%1%26%
Employee diversity at 30 June, by employee category
FY21 Women Men Under 30 30–50 Over 50 Undisclosed Māori Pasifika Asian European Other AMELA Undisclosed
KMP
2
33%67%0%33%67%0%0%0%0%44%33%11%11%
Other Execs/
GMs
33%67%0%83%17%0%0%0%0%33%25%0%42%
Senior
Management
42%58%0%70%30%0%3%0%3%48%45%0%18%
Other
Managers
32%68%2%47%50%1%6%1%6%45%32%0%21%
Non-
Managers
47%53%22%47%30%1%9%2%9%38%27%1%27%
Total45%55%19%48%33%1%9%2%8%39%28%1%26%
1 Ethnicity total % adds up to more than 100%. This is because individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities.
2 Key managerial personnel.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
75
Additional disclosures
Customer privacy
Number of complaints received f rom outside parties1
Number of complaints received f rom regulatory bodies 0
Total number of identified leaks, thefts, or losses of customer data28*
* We started recording the number of privacy breaches f rom 1 December 2020. While the number
appears high, most of the privacy breaches were considered minor in nature (for example, affected
one or two customers causing little or no harm) and did not require being reported to the Office of
the Privacy Commissioner.
The Privacy Act 2020 came into force on 1 December 2020 and introduced,
among other things, mandatory privacy breach reporting for notifiable
privacy breaches. A notifiable privacy breach is a privacy breach where serious
harm has been caused or is likely. One breach met this threshold. We do not
expect any further action to be taken in respect of that breach.
Contributions and other spending
Annual total monetary contributions to and spending for political campaigns,
political organisations, lobbyists or lobbying organisations, trade associations
and other tax-exempt groups:
$NZDFY18FY19FY20FY21
Lobbying, interest representation
or similar
146,642161,852169,540167,986
Local, regional or national political
campaigns/organisations/
candidates
0000
Trade associations or tax-exempt
groups
0000
Other (e.g. spending related to
ballot measures or referendums)
0000
Energy consumption
Total energy consumptionFY18FY19FY20FY21
Non-renewable fuels (nuclear fuels,
coal, oil, natural gas, etc.) purchased
and consumed (MWh)
4,863,6113,892,2223,521,3753,990,948
Total solid waste disposed
(i.e. not recycled, reused or incinerated waste for energy recovery)
FY18FY19FY20FY21
Total waste generated (metric tonnes)109126.1108.6132
Total waste used/recycled/sold (metric tonnes)03.43.66.0
We do not track used/recycled/sold waste for all our sites of operation, figures
indicate recycled waste where tracked.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
76
Additional disclosures
Habitat protection and restoration work at 30 June 2021
Habitat protected or restoredLocationSize (ha)StatusPartnerships
Torepatutahi Wetland, willow wetland restored to nativesTaupō region36.9Ongoing weed control and
replacement planting
Ngati Tahu – Ngati Whaoa Runanga,
Fish and Game, Department of
Conservation, landowners
Elliot Lake, farmland replanted in nativesTaupō region1.6Planting complete, ongoing
maintenance
None
Wairākei Power Station entrance, replanted in natives and f ruit
trees for community garden
Taupō region0.5Planting complete, ongoing
maintenance
Greening Taupō
Karapiti Pines, wilding pine removalTaupō region8.4Ongoing maintenance None
Oruanui Pines, wilding pine removalTaupō region4.3Ongoing maintenance None
Wai-ora Hill, pest plant controlTaupō region64.8Ongoing maintenance Waikato Regional Council,
Ministry for Primary Industries
Oruanui, retired thermo-tolerant vegetation site f rom pastoral
agriculture
Taupō region3.5Ongoing maintenance None
Karapiti, mānuka and native planting Taupō region17.5Ongoing maintenance and pest control None
Rakaunui and Otumuheke Block, stormwater drain and
stream planting
Taupō region2.0Planting complete, ongoing
maintenance
None
Ohaaki Bund, scrubland replanted in natives Taupō region1.2Ongoing maintenance None
Waipuwerawera stream restoration, removing pest plants and
planting natives
Taupō region3.2Ongoing maintenance and pest control Tuwharetoa Maori Trust Board,
Taupō District Council,
Department of Conservation
Te Rau o Te Huia stream restoration Taupō region6.6Systematic removal of pest plants and
annual planting programme
Ngāti Te Rangiita Ki Oruanui
Huka Quarry block, removal of weeds and planting nativesTaupō region1.3Ongoing maintenance and pest control None
Wairākei Drive strip, aesthetic plantingTaupō region0.5Annual Greening Taupō planting,
aligned with community desires
None
Ex Keegan Stratford, riparian native plantingStratford,
Taranaki
–Annual planting programme, ongoing
maintenance
Taranaki Regional Council
Gladstone Gap, community plantingsHawea,
Central Otago
0.5Irrigation of native plants, partially
restored area
Hawea Community Association
Independent assurance has been undertaken for the Torepatutahi Wetland restoration work. Other restoration and protection work has not been assured.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
77
Additional disclosures
TCFD index
Disclosure
Page
number
Describe the board’s oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities.
p. 53
Describe management’s role in assessing and managing climate-related risks and opportunities.
p. 54
Describe the climate-related risks and opportunities the organisation has identified over the short, medium and long term.
p. 68
Describe the impact of climate-related risks and opportunities on the organisation's businesses, strategy and financial planning.
p. 41
Describe the resilience of the organisation's strategy, taking into consideration different climate-related scenarios, including a 2 degree or lower scenario
p. 41
Describe the organisation's processes for identifying and assessing climate-related risks.
p. 41
Describe how processes for identifying, assessing and managing climate-related risks are integrated into the organisation's overall risk management.
p. 54
Disclose the metrics used by the organisation to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk management process.
p. 25
Disclose Scope 1, 2 and if appropriate 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and the related risks.
p. 40
Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets.
p. 25
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
78
Additional disclosures
DescriptionPage No.Information
Strategy and analysis
102–14 Statement f rom the most
senior decision maker
6–10
Organisational profile
102–1 Name of the organisation Contact Energy Limited
102–2 Brands, products, and/or
services
15–16
102–3 Headquarter location
111
102–4 Locations of operations
16
102–5 Ownership and legal form
82
102–6 Markets served
15
102–7 Scale of the organisation
15–16
102–8 Employee statistics
73–74
102–41 Employees covered by
collective bargaining
agreements
9.8% of total Contact employees
were covered by collective
bargaining agreements as at
30 June 2021. Contractor data
not collected.
102–9 Organisation’s supply
chain
20
102–10 Significant changes
regarding size, structure,
or ownership
86
102–11 Precautionary approach
54
Not specifically addressed.
Potential adverse
environmental impacts are
addressed through adapative
management including
official (often publicly notified)
resource consent assessments.
102–12 External charters,
principles, or other
initiatives
ISO 14001
102–13 Memberships in
associations and
advocacy organisations
67–68
Identified material aspects and boundaries
102–45 Entities included in the
organisation’s consolidated
financial statements
82
102–46 Process for defining the
report content
21–22
DescriptionPage No.Information
102–47 List of material topics
21–22
For the majority of our material
topics, the impacts occur within
the operational boundary.
For some topics, Biodiversity,
Water, Climate Change and
Energy Hardship, impacts can
be felt downstream of our
operational boundary, or we are
contributing to a larger issue.
Health and safety impacts are
also created by companies in
our supply chain. In all cases,
our focus is on areas which we
can control or influence.
102–48 Restatements of
information
71
102–49 Significant changes
of aspect boundaries
compared to previous years
41
GHG emissions now include
Simply Energy and Western
Energy.
Stakeholder engagement
102–40 Stakeholder groups
21–22
102–42 Stakeholder identification
and selection
21
102–43 Approaches to stakeholder
engagement
21
102–44 Key topics and concerns
raised by stakeholders
21–22
Report profile
102–50 Reporting period
2
102–51 Date of most recent
previous report
2
102–52 Reporting cycle
2
102–53 Contact point for questions
111
102–54 Chosen ‘In accordance’
option, GRI index
This report has been
developed in accordance with
the core GRI 2018 guidelines.
102–56 External assurance for the
report
106– 110
Governance
102–18 Governance structure.
Committee responsible
for decision-making on
economic, environmental
and social topics
53
GRI index
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
79
Additional disclosures
DescriptionPage No.Information
Ethics and integrity
102–16 Organisation’s values,
principles, standards and
norms of behaviour, and
codes of ethics
14
Specific Standard Disclosures
Category: environmental
DMA Water
303–3 Total water withdrawal by
source
42
303–4 Total water discharge by
destination
42
303–5 Total water consumption
42
DMA Biodiversity
304–3 Habitats protected or
restored
76
DMA Emissions
305–1 Direct (Scope 1)
greenhouse gas emissions
71
305–2 Gross location based
Scope 2 emissions
71
305–3 Gross Scope 3 emissions
71
305–4 GHG emissions intensity
71
305–5 Reduction of GHG
emissions
40
DMA Reliable renewable energy
Own measurePercentage of renewable
generation
15
Category: social
DMA Occupational health and safety
403–9Work–related injuries
71
Self-selectedTISR
45
Self-selected Process safety data
45
DMA Diversity and equal opportunity
405–1 Gender, age and ethnicity
statistics
73–74
Self-selected Staff engagement
43
DescriptionPage No.Information
DMA Local communities
413–1 Community engagement
and development
38
DMA Customer experience
Own measure Customer satisfaction
(Net Promoter Score)
32
DMA Customer wellbeing
Own measure Description of activities
undertaken to support
customer wellbeing
33
DMA Energy hardship
Own measure Reduction of customer
debt expressed as a
percentage
33
DMA Supply chain
308–2Negative environmental
impacts in the supply
chain and actions taken
71
414–2Negative social impacts
in the supply chain and
actions taken
71
DMA Compliance
307–1Non-compliance with
environmental laws and
regulations
38
No cases brought through
dispute resolution
mechanisms.
419–1Non-compliance with laws
and regulations in the
social and economic area
49
DMA Financial sustainability
Own measureFinancial performance in
FY21
47
DMA Privacy
418–1Substantiated complaints
concerning breaches of
customer privacy and
losses of customer data
75
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
80
Financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Financial
statements
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
81
Financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Financial statements
Contents
About these financial statements 82
Statement of comprehensive income 83
Statement of cash flows 83
Statement of financial position 84
Statement of changes in equity 85
Notes to the financial statements 86
A. Our performance 86
A1. Segments 86
A2. Earnings 86
A3. Free cash flow 88
B. Our funding 88
B1. Capital structure 88
B2. Share capital 88
B3. Distributions 89
B4. Borrowings 89
B5. Net interest expense 90
C. Our assets 91
C1. Property, plant and equipment and 91
intangible assets
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing 93
D. Our financial risks 94
D1. Market risk 94
D2. Liquidity risk 97
D3. Credit risk 98
E. Other disclosures 98
E1. Tax 98
E2. Operating expenses 99
E3. Inventory 99
E4. Trade and other receivables 99
E5. Provisions 100
E6. Profit to operating cash flows 100
E7. Hedging activities 100
E8. Financial instruments at fair value 101
E9. Financial instruments at amortised cost 102
E10. Share-based compensation 102
E11. Related parties 104
E12. New accounting standards 105
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
82
Financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
About these
financial statements
For the year ended 30 June 2021
These financial statements are for Contact,
a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,
the entities over which it has control and its
associate.
Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies
Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt
market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013.
Contact’s financial statements are prepared:
• in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice
(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for profit-oriented entities
• in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted
• on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value
• using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented
• with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current
year’s presentation.
Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting
policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:
• useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)
• impairment testing of cash-generating units (CGUs) and future generation
development capital work in progress (note C2)
• fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and E8)
• provision for future restoration and rehabilitation obligations (note E5).
The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy
Limited Board of Directors on 13 August 2021.
Robert McDonald Dame Therese Walsh
Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
83
Financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Statement of
comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2021
$mNote20212020
Revenue and other income
A2
2,5732,073
Operating expenses
A2
(2,020)(1,627)
Net interest expense
B5
(50)(55)
Depreciation and amortisation
C1
(249)(220)
Change in fair value of financial instruments
D1
7–
Profit before tax 261171
Tax expense
E1
(74)(46)
Profit 187125
Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)
E7
(2)(10)
Comprehensive income 185 115
Profit per share (cents) – basic 25.317.5
Profit per share (cents) – diluted 25.317.4
Statement of
cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2021
$mNote20212020
Receipts f rom customers2,5242,058
Payments to suppliers and employees(1,970)(1,598)
Interest paid(43)(49)
Interest received – –
Tax paid(79)(70)
Operating cash flows
E6
432341
Purchase and construction of assets(129)(94)
Capitalised interest(8)(6)
Investment in joint venture/associate(8)(3)
Acquisition of subsidiaries
E11
(31)–
Acquisition of Energyclub NZ (1)(3)
Investing cash flows (177)(106)
Dividends paid
B3
(274)(280)
Proceeds f rom borrowings356226
Repayment of borrowings(623)(184)
Net proceeds f rom share issue392 –
Financing cash flows (149)(238)
Net cash flow106(3)
Add: cash at the beginning of the year4447
Cash at the end of the year
B4
15044
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
84
Financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Statement of
financial position
At 30 June 2021
$mNote20212020
Cash and cash equivalents
B4
15044
Trade and other receivables
E4
255191
Inventories
E3
6956
Intangible assets
C1
243
Derivative financial instruments
D1
5637
Total current assets 554331
Property, plant and equipment
C1
3,9614,026
Intangible assets
C1
213227
Goodwill
C2
220179
Investments in joint venture/associate
E11
1014
Derivative financial instruments
D1
70119
Total non-current assets 4,4744,565
Total assets 5,0284,896
Trade and other payables305190
Tax payable3928
Borrowings
B4
163220
Derivative financial instruments
D1
9253
Provisions
E5
2310
Total current liabilities 622501
Borrowings
B4
693978
Derivative financial instruments
D1
8474
Provisions
E5
5158
Deferred tax
E1
635653
Other non-current liabilities1611
Total non-current liabilities 1,4791,774
Total liabilities 2,1012,275
Net assets 2,9272,621
Share capital
B2
1,9221,528
Retained earnings1,0481,134
Hedge reserves
E7
(51)(49)
Share-based compensation reserve88
Shareholders’ equity 2,9272,621
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
85
Financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Statement of
changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2021
$mNote
Share
capital
Retained
earnings
Other
reserves
Shareholders’
equity
Balance at 1 July 2019 1,523 1,288 (29) 2,782
Profit – 125 – 125
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)
E7
– – (10)(10)
Change in share-based compensation reserve
E10
– – (2) (2)
Change in share capital
B2
5 – – 5
Dividends paid
B3
– (280) – (280)
Balance at 30 June 2020 1,5281,134(41)2,621
Profit – 187 – 187
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)
E7
– – (2)(2)
Change in share-based compensation reserve
E10
– – – –
Change in share capital
B2
394 – – 394
Dividends paid
B3
– (274) – (274)
Balance at 30 June 2021 1,922 1,048 (43) 2,927
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
86
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Notes to the financial statements
A. Our performance
A1. Segments
Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Customer
segment.
The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the
wholesale electricity market, to Commercial and Industrial (C&I) customers
and to the Customer segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase
the electricity and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers.
The results of Simply Energy Limited and Western Energy Services Limited,
following their acquisition on 31 August 2020 and 31 March 2021 respectively,
have been included within the Wholesale segment, within the relevant line items.
Prior to acquisition date, Contact’s share of net earnings of Simply Energy Limited
as an associate were included in ‘Unallocated’ other operating expenses.
The Customer segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, natural
gas, broadband and other products and services to mass market customers
less the cost of purchasing those products and services, and the cost to serve
customers.
‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the
operating segments, and Contact’s share of earnings f rom associates and
joint ventures.
The Customer segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment
at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.
A2. Earnings
The tables on the next pages provide a breakdown of Contact’s revenue and
expenses, earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, and
changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by segment, and
a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP. EBITDAF
is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP profit measure.
The significant items category has been removed in the current financial year.
The increase in Holidays Act provision recognised in the reporting period
ended 30 June 2020 has been reclassified to other operating expenses,
reducing EBITDAF by $5 million with no overall impact to profit.
The key revenue categories are:
• Electricity and gas
Electricity and gas revenue (including mass market electricity, C&I electricity
and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer consumption.
Mass market electricity includes net revenue for AA Smartfuel rewards.
Revenue is initially recognised net of prompt payment discounts.
• Wholesale electricity, net of hedging
Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the wholesale
market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the electricity
futures markets and to generators, other retailers and industrial customers.
Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.
• Electricity-related services
Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the
wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency keeping
and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services are provided.
• Broadband and steam
Revenue f rom the sale of steam is recognised as the steam is delivered.
Broadband revenue is recognised as the broadband services are provided.
Revenue recognition involves the calculation of unbilled revenue accruals for
mass market, C&I electricity and gas, as well as the recognition of contract
assets (note E4).
Simply Energy Limited revenue for electricity supply and billing services is
included in the ‘C&I electricity – fixed price’, ‘C&I electricity – pass through’ and
‘Wholesale electricity, net of hedging’ revenue lines. Revenue is recognised when
energy is supplied for customer consumption and as billing services are provided.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
87
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
20212020
$m
WholesaleCustomerUnallocated EliminationsTotal Wholesale Customer Unallocated Eliminations Total
Mass market electricity– 839 – (1)838 – 861 – (1) 860
C&I electricity – fixed price 249 – – – 249 275 – – – 275
C&I electricity – pass through 44 – – – 44 16 – – – 16
Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,285 – – – 1,285 791 – – – 791
Electricity-related services revenue 8 – – – 8 8 – – – 8
Inter-segment electricity sales 338 – – (338)– 332 – – (332)–
Gas 2 74 – – 76 1 74 – – 75
Steam 28 – – – 28 26 – – – 26
Geothermal services 3 – – – 3 –––––
Broadband– 32 – – 32 – 17 – – 17
Total revenue 1,957 945 – (339)2,563 1,449 952 – (333) 2,068
Other income 4 6 – – 10 – 5 – – 5
Total revenue and other income 1,961 951 – (339)2,573 1,449 957 – (333) 2,073
Electricity purchases, net of hedging (974)– – – (974)(635)– – – (635)
Electricity purchases – pass through(30)– – – (30)(14)– – – (14)
Electricity-related services cost(7)– – – (7)(7)– – – (7)
Inter-segment electricity purchases– (338)– 338 – – (332)– 332 –
Gas and diesel purchases(126)(24)– – (150)(90)(24)– – (114)
Gas storage costs(24)– – – (24)(22)– – – (22)
Carbon emissions costs(41)(4)– – (45)(24)(4)– – (28)
Generation transmission & levies(28)– – – (28)(32)– – – (32)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (82)(378)– – (460)(95)(414)– – (509)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(13)– – – (13)(2)– – – (2)
Gas networks, transmission & meter costs(7)(37)– – (44)(9)(37)– – (46)
Geothermal service costs(1)– – – (1)–––––
Broadband costs– (33)– – (33)– (17)– – (17)
Other operating expenses(101)(81)(30)1 (211)(93)(79)(30)1 (201)
Total operating expenses(1,434)(895)(30)339 (2,020)(1,023)(907)(30)333 (1,627)
EBITDAF 527 56(30)– 553 426 50 (30)– 446
Depreciation and amortisation(249) (220)
Net interest expense(50) (55)
Change in fair value of financial instruments7 –
Tax expense(74) (46)
Profit 187 125
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
88
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
A3. Free cash flow
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash
Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in
growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating
cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.
$mNote20212020
EBITDAF
A2
553446
Tax paid (79)(70)
Change in working capital net of investing and
financing activities
37
Non-cash items included in EBITDAF (2)7
Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest (43)(49)
Operating cash flows
E6
432341
Stay-in-business capital expenditure (61)(51)
Operating free cash flow and free cash flow 371290
Operating free cash flow per share (cents)
B3
50.240.4
Stay-in-business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business
operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of
existing assets.
B. Our funding
B1. Capital structure
Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing
capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to
optimise the cost of our capital.
To manage the capital structure, the Board of Directors may adjust the
amount and nature of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and
increase or repay debt.
Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit
rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.
$mNote20212020
Borrowings
B4
856 1,198
Shareholders’ equity 2,927 2,621
Total capital funding 3,783 3,819
Gearing ratio 22.6%31.4%
B2. Share capital
Share capital comprises ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX. Certain
ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the Contact
Share scheme (note E10). All shareholders are entitled to receive distributions
and to make one vote per share.
Contact undertook a $400 million equity raise during the year ended
30 June 2021. Direct, incremental costs associated with the equity raise
of $8 million were deducted f rom share capital.
NoteNumber$m
Balance at 30 June 2020 718,131,8841,528
Share capital issued 57,990,186394
Balance at 30 June 2021 776,122,0701,922
Comprises:
Ordinary shares775,854,4081,923
Contact ShareE10 267,662(1)
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
89
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
B3. Distributions
Earnings and operating free cash flow per share
Weighted average20212020
Number of shares (basic)738,614,475717,652,455
Number of shares (diluted)739,042,889718,964,789
The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number
of shares on issue over the period.
The diluted weighted average number of shares takes into account the number
of share options, performance share rights and deferred share rights that
are currently exercisable or will become exercisable depending on likelihood
of meeting vesting conditions.
Dividends paid
Paid during the year ended
Cents
per share$m
2019 final 23.0165
2020 interim 16.0115
30 June 2020 280
2020 final 23.0165
2021 interim 14.0109
30 June 2021274
On 13 August 2021, the Board resolved to pay a 65% imputed final dividend
of 21 cents per share on 15 September 2021. On 13 August 2021, Contact had
$27 million of imputation credits available for use in future periods.
B4. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which
means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result
in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.
Borrowings denoted with an asterisk (*) are Green Debt Instruments under
Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the
Climate Bonds Initiative. At 30 June 2021 Contact remains compliant with
the requirements of the programme. Further information is available on the
Sustainability section on Contact’s website.
$mMaturityCoupon20212020
Bank overdraft < 3 months Floating – 1
* Commercial paper < 3 months Floating – 120
* Drawn bank facilitiesVariousFloating – 64
Lease obligations VariousVarious2122
* USPP notes – US$56mDec 20203.46% – 70
* Retail bonds – CEN030Nov 20214.40%150150
* Retail bonds – CEN040Nov 20224.63%100100
* USPP notes – US$22mDec 20234.19%2828
* USPP notes – US$51mDec 20234.09%6464
* USPP notes – US$42mDec 20233.63%6161
* Retail bonds – CEN050Aug 20243.55%100100
* USPP notes – US$58mDec 20254.33%7373
* USPP notes – US$43mDec 20253.85%6262
* Export credit agency facilityNov 2027Floating4754
* USPP notes – US$15mDec 20273.95%2222
* USPP notes – US$23mDec 20284.44%2929
* USPP notes – US$30mDec 20284.51%3838
Face value of borrowings7951,058
Deferred financing costs (3)(4)
Total borrowings at amortised cost 7921,054
Fair value adjustment on hedged borrowings 64144
Carrying value of borrowings 8561,198
Current 163220
Non-current693978
0
10
20
30
cps
40
50
Profit
(basic)
17.5
25.3
2021
2020
Operating free
cash flow
(basic)
40.4
50.2
Profit
(diluted)
25.3
17.4
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
90
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Changes in borrowings
$m20212020
Borrowings at the start of the year1,1981,096
Net cash borrowed/(repaid)(267)42
Non-cash change in lease obligations31
Non-cash change in deferred financing costs11
Non-cash change in fair value adjustment(80)58
Borrowings at the end of the year8561,198
Short-term funding
Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to
manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities
are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can
be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current
when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.
Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:
Maturity $m20212020
Less than 1 year – –
Between 1 and 2 years – 325
Between 2 and 3 years 50 195
More than 3 years 380 110
430630
All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.
Lease obligations
Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the
national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of
property, plant and equipment (note C1).
Security
Contact’s Deed of Negative Pledge and Guarantee and its United States
Private Placement (USPP) note agreements restrict Contact f rom granting
security interest over its assets, subject to certain permitted exceptions.
Because of these restrictions, Contact’s borrowings are all unsecured, except
for lease obligations secured over the leased assets. The Deed of Negative
Pledge and Guarantee and the USPP note agreements contain various debt
covenants, all of which Contact complied with during the reporting period.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents exclude bank overdrafts which are included within
borrowings. Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using
a broker that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls. At 30 June 2021, this
collateral was $109 million (2020: $44 million) and is included within cash.
B5. Net interest expense
$mNote20212020
Interest expense on borrowings(52)(53)
Interest expense on finance leases (1)(2)
Unwind of discount on provisions
E5
(5)(5)
Unwind of deferred financing costs (1)(1)
Capitalised interest 8 6
Interest income 1 –
Net interest expense (50)(55)
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
91
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
C. Our assets
C1. Property, plant and equipment
and intangible assets
Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
and intangible assets include:
• Generation plant and equipment: hydro,
geothermal and thermal power stations and
geothermal wells and pipelines.
• Computer software: our SAP system that is
used for customer service and billing, finance
functions and generation asset management,
which has a carrying value of $169 million (2020:
$194 million) and a remaining life of nine years.
All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated
depreciation or amortisation and impairments.
Generation plant and equipment acquired before
1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical
cost, which is the fair value of those assets at
1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation
and accumulated impairment losses.
Included within additions for the year ended
30 June 2021 is capitalised interest of $8 million
(2020: $6 million) in relation to the build of the
Tauhara geothermal plant and steamfield.
Property, plant and equipment
$m
Generation
plant and
equipment
Other land,
buildings,
plant and
equipment
Capital
work in
progress
Leased
assets Total
Cost
Balance at 1 July 20195,627111156605,954
Additions16463184
Transfers f rom capital work in progress184(22)– –
Disposals(3)– – – (3)
Balance at 30 June 2020 5,658 119 197 61 6,035
Additions 7 1 124 3 135
Acquisitions– 12 1 3 16
Transfers f rom capital work in progress53 – (53)– –
Disposals– – (2)– (2)
Balance at 30 June 20215,718132267676,184
Depreciation and impairment
Balance at 1 July 2019(1,698)(98)(1)(31)(1,828)
Depreciation charge(177)(4)– (3)(184)
Disposals3 – – – 3
Balance at 30 June 2020(1,872)(102)(1)(34)(2,009)
Depreciation charge(200)(4)– (4)(208)
Acquisitions– (6)– – (6)
Disposals– – – – –
Balance at 30 June 2021(2,072)(112)(1)(38)(2,223)
Carrying value
At 30 June 20203,78617196274,026
At 30 June 20213,64620266293,961
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
92
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
The useful economic life of certain Wairākei plant and steamfield assets
was reassessed during the reporting period ended 30 June 2021 to reflect
management's current best estimate that the existing Wairākei A&B stations
will be replaced around 2026. As a change in accounting estimate, this was
applied prospectively f rom 1 January 2021 and has resulted in a $12.9 million
increase in depreciation in the year ended 30 June 2021.
Intangible assets
$m
Computer
software and
capital work
in progress
Carbon
emission
unitsOther
Total
Cost
Balance at 1 July 201946714– 481
Additions17151 33
Disposals(2)(26)– (28)
Balance at 30 June 202048231 486
Additions19 68 – 87
Acquisitions– – 8 8
Disposals– (47)– (47)
Balance at 30 June 2021501249 534
Amortisation
Balance at 1 July 2019(221)– – (221)
Amortisation charge(36)– – (36)
Disposals 1 – – 1
Balance at 30 June 2020(256)– – (256)
Amortisation charge(40)– (1)(41)
Balance at 30 June 2021(296)– (1)(297)
Carrying value
At 30 June 202022631230
At 30 June 2021205248237
Current– 24– 24
Non-current205–8 213
Contact is in the process of completing a review of its software assets in light
of the IFRIC agenda decision Configuration or Customisation costs in a Cloud
Computing Arrangement (published in April 2021), which will be concluded
within its interim reporting for the six months ended 31 December 2021. Based on
the review completed to date, no material changes are expected to arise.
Capital commitments
At 30 June 2021, Contact was committed to $334 million of capital expenditure
(2020: $8 million) and $60 million of carbon-forward contracts (2020: $33 million),
of which $249 million is due within one year of balance date.
Cost
Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service. When
Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly attributable costs are
capitalised and held as capital work in progress until the asset is commissioned.
Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal
exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations
that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal
exploration costs are expensed.
Carbon emission units are purchased to offset our emissions under the
New Zealand Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are measured at
weighted average cost. They are classified as current assets when they will
be used to offset our ETS obligations at balance date or obligations expected
to be incurred within one year of balance date.
Depreciation and amortisation
The cost of Contact’s assets is spread evenly over their useful lives (straight
line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating
hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.
Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed annually.
Land, capital work in progress and carbon emission units are not depreciated
or amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:
AssetRate/hours
Generation plant and equipment
Straight line 1 – 33%
Equivalent operating hours 40,000 – 100,000
Other buildings, plant and equipment 2 – 33%
Computer software 5 – 50%
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
93
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing
Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Customer.
The Customer CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2020: $179 million),
and the Wholesale CGU includes provisional goodwill of $41 million,
following the acquisition of Simply Energy Limited and Western Energy
Services Limited in the year. Capital work in progress (CWIP) includes
$223 million (2020: $140 million) related to future generation developments
not allocated to a CGU.
Further information on the acquisition of Simply Energy Limited and
Western Energy Services Limited is provided in note E11.
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher of its
value in use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period management
estimates the value in use expected to be recovered f rom Contact’s CGUs and
future generation development in CWIP. An impairment is recognised when
the value in use or fair value less costs to sell is lower than the carrying value.
Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each CGU.
These cash flows are adjusted for future growth based on historical inflation
and discounted at a post-tax discount rate between 6 per cent and 7 per cent to
arrive at the present value, or value in use, of each CGU. The future generation
development is assessed separately, however, key inputs are the same as for
the Wholesale CGU plus an estimate of plant commissioning costs.
No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.
The key inputs to CGU and future generation development cash flows, and
their method of determination, are:
Customer CGU
Post-tax discount rate and
inflation
External WACC report prepared by Cameron Partners
and implicit inflation rate.
Customer numbers and churnActual customer numbers adjusted for historical
churn data and expected market trends.
Margin per customerActual margin per customer adjusted for expected
market changes.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,
reflecting historical levels and known differences.
Cost of purchased energyASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and
seasonal shape.
Wholesale CGU and future generation development
Post-tax discount rate and
inflation
External WACC report prepared by Cameron Partners,
and implicit inflation rate.
Wholesale electricity price pathModelled wholesale prices based on ASX future
electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal
shape, and price estimates based on an analysis of
expected demand and cost of new supply for periods
not quoted on the ASX market.
Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand,
hydro volumes and expected market pricing.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,
reflecting historical levels and known differences.
Gas priceContracted gas prices otherwise Contact’s best
estimate of future prices.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
94
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Sensitivities
The calculation of the value in use for the CGUs is most sensitive to the inputs
for wholesale electricity prices and the post-tax discount rate.
Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by a number of factors that are
difficult to predict, in particular, weather, which can impact short-term prices.
Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction
in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale
electricity market, and competitor and transmission system availability.
The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost
of capital and is influenced by a number of external factors such as the risk-
f ree rate and inflation.
The sensitivity of the valuation model to the wholesale electricity prices and
discount rate, where all other inputs remain constant, is as follows:
Significant unobservable inputsSensitivityImpact $m
Post-tax discount rate- 0.5%
+ 0.5%
+ 822
- 655
Wholesale electricity price path+ 10%
- 10%
+ 364
- 364
The value in use exceeded the carrying value for all sensitivities carried out.
There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes
in the price path and post-tax discount rate would not occur in isolation and
would drive other changes which could also impact the value in use.
D. Our financial risks
Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,
liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the
financial impact is understood, and tools and limits are in place to manage
exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk
management system.
D1. Market risk
Interest rate risk
Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements
in interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates,
as Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating
rate debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.
Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)
and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt
portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure.
The risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed
and floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.
Foreign exchange risk
Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its
commitments to pay certain suppliers and United States Private Placement
(USPP) note holders.
To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future
cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,
which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at
a fixed exchange rate.
Commodity price risk
Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of
electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale
and Customer businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.
Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any residual
exposure to electricity price risks. In addition, Contact is party to a fixed-price
swaption to provide cover in extreme price situations.
Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural gas.
Short- and long-term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price of gas.
These are not derivative financial instruments.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
95
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon
obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation
are used to manage the price risk relating to carbon.
Summary of derivative financial instruments
A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s
financial position is provided below, grouped by type of hedge relationship.
Fair value
hedge
Cash flow
and fair value
hedgeCash flow hedge
No hedge
relationship
$m
2021IRSCCIRSIRS
Electricity
price
derivatives
Foreign
exchange
contracts
Electricity
price
derivatives
1
Total
Notional amount of derivatives1883768006,160 GWh1791,220 GWh
Maturity years2021 – 20242023 – 20282021 – 20272021 – 20252021 – 20262021 – 2024
Average rate/price
2
1.7%2.5%/0.75USD
3
3.2%$83/MWhVarious
4
$128/MWh
Carrying value of derivatives – asset 5 59 5 32 3 22 126
Carrying value of derivatives – liability
5
– (5) (53) (93) (2) (24) (176)
Carrying value of hedged borrowings 192 436 – – – – 628
Fair value adjustments to borrowings (5) (59) – – – – (64)
2020
Notional amount of derivatives1884476605,247 GWh 9 385 GWh
Maturity years2021 – 20242020 – 20282020 – 20262020 – 20242020 – 20222020 – 2023
Average rate/price
2
1.7%2.4%/0.76USD3.9%$70/MWh 0.76USD $96/MWh
Carrying value of derivatives – asset 12 131 – 8 – 5 156
Carrying value of derivatives – liability
5
– (1) (90) (33) – (3) (127)
Carrying value of hedged borrowings 199 578 – – – – 777
Fair value adjustments to borrowings (12) (132) – – – – (144)
1 Notionals, maturities and average prices for electricity price hedges not in hedge relationships do not include options not yet called.
2 Average interest rates for IRS and CCIRS are based on their pay legs. For pay-float swaps (CCIRS and IRS in fair value hedges), the rate comprises the floating base rate plus the margin.
3 The NZD/USD closing spot rate at 30 June 2021 was 0.70 (2020 – 0.65)
4 Average exchange rates include 0.92 AUD, 0.58 EUR, 0.71 USD and 75.56 JPY.
5 The CCIRS liability arises f rom the cash flow hedge component.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
96
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
The change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the Statement of
Comprehensive Income is provided below, grouped by type of hedge
relationship. Further information on hedging activities and fair value
of derivatives is provided in notes E7 and E8.
Fair value
hedge
Cash flow
and fair value
hedgeCash flow hedge
No hedge
relationship
$m
2021IRSCCIRSIRS
Electricity
price
derivatives
Foreign
exchange
contracts
Electricity
price
derivatives Total
Change in fair value recognised in profit/(loss)
• Hedge ineffectiveness – – 8 – – – 8
• Hedge effectiveness (7) (73) – – – – (80)
• Non-hedge movements – – – – – (1) (1)
• Fair value adjustments to hedged borrowings 7 73 – – – – 80
Total change in fair value of financial instruments – – 8 – – (1) 7
Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCI – (3) 27 (61) 1 (37)
Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) – – 7 25 – – 32
2020
Change in fair value recognised in profit/(loss)
• Hedge ineffectiveness – – 2 – – – 2
• Hedge effectiveness 4 54 – – – – 58
• Non-hedge movements – – – – – (2) (2)
• Fair value adjustments to hedged borrowings (4) (54) – – – – (58)
Total change in fair value of financial instruments – – 2 – – (2) –
Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCI – 2 (20) (19)– – (37)
Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) – – 5 19 – – 24
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
97
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Sensitivities
The graph (right) summarises the impact on
derivative valuations of possible changes in
forward wholesale electricity prices and forward
interest rates. The analysis assumes that all
variables were held constant except for the
relevant market risk factor.
D2. Liquidity risk
To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse
portfolio of funding, debt maturities are spread
over a number of years, and any new financing or
refinancing requirements are addressed with an
appropriate lead time. Contact maintains a buffer
of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding
requirements to enable it to meet any unforeseen
cash flows.
Management monitors the available liquidity buffer
by comparing forecast cash flows to available
facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained
in accordance with internal limits.
Information on contracted cash flows in the table
below is presented on an undiscounted basis.
CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings
in the table (right). US dollar inflows on the CCIRS
offset the US dollar outflows on the USPP notes.
Hedging impact on post-tax profit/(loss)
2021 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)
2020 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)
2021 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)
2020 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)
Increase in rate/price Decrease in rate/price
$m (Unfavourable)$m Favourable
(20)(30)(25)(15)(10)(5)051015202530
Hedging impact on CFHR
2021 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)
2020 Forward electricity prices (+/-10%)
2021 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)
2020 Forward interest rates (+100/-25bps)
$m
Total
contractual
cash flows
Less than
1 year1–2 years2–5 years
More than
5 years
2021
Trade and other payables(197)(197) – – –
Borrowings(911)(193)(139)(463)(116)
Electricity price derivatives – net settled(64)(27)(23)(14)–
IRS – net settled3(8)(3)131
Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow178937411–
Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(180)(93)(75)(12)–
(1,171)(425)(166)(465)(115)
2020
Trade and other payables(163)(163) – – –
Borrowings(1,226)(303)(195)(448)(280)
Electricity price derivatives – net settled(39)(29)(6)(4) –
IRS – net settled(20)(10)(6)(4) –
Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow66 – – –
Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(6)(6) – – –
(1,448)(505)(207)(456)(280)
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
98
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
D3. Credit risk
Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset
position of $476 million (2020: $374 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,
Contact has a policy to only transact with creditworthy counterparties and
do not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty.
Where appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer-
related credit risk is provided in note E4.
E. Other disclosures
E1. Tax
Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.
Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while
deferred tax will be payable in future periods.
Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly
in OCI.
$m20212020
Profit before tax261171
Tax at 28%(73)(48)
Tax effect of adjustments:
• Prior period adjustments – (1)
• Reinstatement of tax depreciation on buildings – 5
• Other(1)(2)
Tax expense – continuing operations(74)(46)
Current(91)(67)
Deferred 1721
Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the
carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
values used for taxation purposes.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
99
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
$m
PP&E and
intangible
assets
Derivative
financial
instrumentsOtherTotal
Balance at 1 July 2019(728)3022(676)
Recognised in profit/(loss)16 – 521
Recognised in OCI – 4 – 4
Recognised in other reserves – – (2)(2)
Balance at 30 June 2020(712)3425(653)
Recognised in profit/(loss)16(2)317
Recognised in balance sheet(1)–(1)(2)
Recognised in OCI –2–2
Recognised in other reserves––11
Balance at 30 June 2021(697)3428(635)
E2. Operating expenses
Other operating expenses (note A2) include total labour costs of $111 million
(2020: $99 million). Labour costs include contributions to KiwiSaver of $3 million
(2020: $3 million).
Audit fees paid to Contact’s auditor (KPMG) amounted to $541,000 for review
of the interim, and audit of the year end, financial statements (2020: $560,000).
Other fees paid to the auditor were $53,750 for other assurance work (2020:
$44,500), and $3,500 for supervisor reporting (2020: $3,500). Other assurance
work relates to review of greenhouse gas emissions reporting, Global
Reporting Initiative indicators and our Green Borrowing Programme.
E3. Inventory
Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,
consumables and spare parts for power stations, and diesel fuel for use in the
Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.
All other inventories are stated at cost.
$m20212020
Inventory gas5641
Consumables and spare parts1011
Diesel fuel34
6956
E4. Trade and other receivables
$m20212020
Trade receivables 168 102
Unbilled receivables 76 75
Provision for impairment(2)(3)
Net trade receivables242174
Contract assets913
Prepayments44
255191
Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts based on past
experience of the amount of discounts taken up by customers.
Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales
at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to
determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history
is used if smart meter data is not available.
As a high proportion of the data now reflects actual usage recorded by smart
meters, unbilled receivables is no longer considered to be an area of higher
estimation or judgement within the financial statements.
Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:
$m20212020
Less than one month 129
Greater than one month42
1611
When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers
those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries, of $1 million
(2020: $3 million) were written off during the reporting period.
Contract assets
Contact capitalises the incremental costs incurred to acquire new customers
and amortises these costs to operating expenses over the expected life of the
customer relationship. Incentives given to customers are also capitalised as a
contract asset and amortised to revenue over a period of one to three years.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
100
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
$m20212020
Opening balance1316
Additions88
Amortised to revenue(10)(8)
Amortised to operating expenses(2)(3)
Closing balance913
Of the total contract assets balance, $7 million (2020: $9 million) is expected to
be amortised within one year of the reporting period end and the remainder
between one to three years of the reporting period end.
E5. Provisions
Contact recognises restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions for
the expected costs to abandon and restore geothermal wells and generation
sites and to remove asbestos f rom properties.
Other provisions includes $7 million for remediation of the Holidays Act non-
compliance (2020: $5 million) and $8 million for Simply Energy performance
payments (2020: nil).
The restoration provision was reduced by $16 million in the year ended
30 June 2021 due to a lower estimated future cost to abandon and restore
wells. The lower cost estimate results f rom the acquisition of Western Energy
Services Limited, who provide well abandonment and restoration services.
$m
Restoration/
environmental
rehabilitation
Other
Total
Balance at 1 July 2020(59)(9)(68)
Created(5)(15)(20)
Released16–16
Utilised3–3
Unwind of discount(5)–(5)
Balance at 30 June 2021(50)(24)(74)
Current(4)(19)(23)
Non-current(46)(5)(51)
These provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to make good
the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful lives. The expected future
cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount
rate equivalent to a post-tax rate of between 6 per cent and 7 per cent.
E6. Profit to operating cash flows
A reconciliation of profit to operating cash flows is provided below.
$m20212020
Profit187125
Depreciation and amortisation249220
Amortisation of contract assets1111
Change in fair value of financial instruments (7) –
Movement in provisions210
Deferred finance costs11
Bad debt expense25
Share-based compensation23
Share of profit/loss in joint venture/associate1 –
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash,
investing and financing activities
Trade and other receivables(68)(8)
Inventories and intangible assets(35)(3)
Trade and other payables921
Tax payable 11(6)
Deferred tax(16)(18)
Operating cash flows432341
E7. Hedging activities
Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair
value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for
all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the
notional value of the hedged item.
Fair value hedges
Interest rate risk
The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet the criteria
for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt. The hedge is
against future fair value movements in the debt and can be for a portion of the
debt. Contact has designated $188 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge
relationships with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates and
other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
101
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the
hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the fair
value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the extent the
hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
Cash flow hedges
The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity
prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates usually qualify
for cash flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, only the derivative
is recognised at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair
value recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is
recognised immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow
hedge reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial
Position according to the nature of the hedged item.
The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.
$mNote 20212020
Opening balance (49)(39)
Effective portion of cash flow hedges
D1
(37)(37)
Transferred to revenue 3323
Transferred to deferred tax 24
Closing balance (51)(49)
Included in the closing balance at 30 June 2021 is $3 million relating to the
cost of hedging reserve (2020: $2 million).
Commodity price risk
Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow
hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an
economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
Interest rate risk
Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow
hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.
An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the
IRS based on the reference interest rate. Ineffectiveness arises due to IRS that
have been designated into hedge relationships part way through their term.
These IRS were designated on 1 July 2018 on adoption of NZ IFRS 9.
Combined fair value and cash flow hedges
Contact has designated all its USPP notes into both fair value and cash flow
hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on the component of the USPP
note being hedged:
• For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the USPP note is
recognised in profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant
CCIRS component.
• For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component
is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.
• The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded
f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.
An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates, exchange
rate and other terms. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
Derivatives not in hedge relationships
These are electricity price derivatives purchased and sold as part of a
requirement to participate in the ASX futures electricity market, electricity
derivatives entered into for profit making, financial transmission rights and
electricity price options. All changes in fair value of these derivatives are
recognised directly in profit/(loss).
E8. Financial instruments at fair value
Fair value
Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data, to
the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives and
borrowings. The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for
the relevant underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale
electricity prices) and discount rates (based on the forward IRS curve adjusted
for counterparty risk).
All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward
wholesale electricity prices which are:
• derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate
of the effect of location and seasonality, or
• when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long-dated and large
contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is
derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors
and management judgement.
Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value
of electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called
over the life of electricity options and forward-quoted commodity prices
(e.g. adjustments as a consequence of initial recognition differences).
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
102
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives
by the source of key valuation inputs:
$m20212020
Sourced f rom market data(20)(15)
Derived f rom market data1255
Electricity price estimates(42)(11)
(50)29
The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled
below:
$m20212020
Opening balance(11)(23)
Gain/(loss) in profit/(loss):
• wholesale electricity revenue1013
Gain/(loss) in OCI(4)(3)
Instruments issued (37) 2
Closing balance(42)(11)
For these derivatives a 10 per cent increase in the electricity price would result
in an unfavourable movement in fair value of $20 million (2020: $33 million)
and a 10 per cent decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value
of $21 million (2020: $29 million).
Initial recognition difference
An initial recognition difference arises when the fair value of a derivative at
inception differs f rom its transaction price. The difference is accounted for
by recalibrating the fair value by a fixed percentage to arrive at a value at
inception equal to the transaction price.
The calibration adjustment is applied to future valuations and reflects
the estimated future gains or losses yet to be recognised in the Statement
of comprehensive income over the remaining life of the agreement.
The change in calibration adjustment is provided in the table below:
$m20212020
Opening difference6(1)
Initial differences in new hedges(5) 7
Volumes expired and amortised(2)4
Changes for future prices and time(1)(4)
Closing difference(2)6
E9. Financial instruments at amortised cost
The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the
table below.
$m20212020
Cash and cash equivalents15044
Trade and other receivables207174
Trade and other payables(197)(163)
Borrowings (792)(1,054)
The fair value of borrowings is $852 million (2020: $1,215 million). This fair value
is derived f rom market data.
E10. Share-based compensation
Equity Scheme
Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made up of
options, performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs).
If performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control, the
awards vest and become exercisable. On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to
ordinary shares at no cost to the employee and options convert on payment
of the agreed exercise price or by utilising the option of a facility which
cancels the options in return for an equivalent value in issued shares. There
are no loans available. There are no holding/retention periods or ownership
requirements for employees who exercise equity rights. The awards lapse if
the performance hurdles are not met, if they are not exercised by the lapse
date or if an employee voluntarily leaves Contact. The scheme continues on
redundancy but the entitlements are adjusted.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
103
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
The table below provides a reconciliation of the number of outstanding
options and their weighted average exercise price.
Options
Number
outstandingPrice
Balance at 1 July 20192,620,181$5.17
Exercised(1,110,849)$4.94
Lapsed(9,678)$5.54
Balance at 30 June 20201,499,654$5.33
Exercised – –
Lapsed(555,559)$4.97
Balance at 30 June 2021944,095$5.54
At 30 June 2021, no share options were exercisable.
The table below provides a reconciliation for the number of outstanding PSRs
and DSRs. The exercise price of these awards is nil.
Number outstandingPSRsDSRs
Balance at 1 July 2019791,8411,030,898
Granted154,164244,404
Exercised(314,638)(581,968)
Lapsed(44,852)(23,155)
Balance at 30 June 2020586,515670,179
Granted228,761301,355
Exercised – (434,021)
Lapsed(151,518)(33,141)
Balance at 30 June 2021663,758504,372
Share options had a weighted average remaining life of 5 months
(2020: 1 year and 1 month), PSRs had 1 year and 11 months (2020: 1 year
and 11 months) and DSRs had 11 months (2020: 9 months).
Contact Share
Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables
eligible employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares.
The shares are acquired on market and legally held by a trustee company
for a restrictive period of three years, during which time the employee is
entitled to receive distributions and direct the exercise of voting rights that
attach to shares held on their behalf.
At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.
Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other
circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other
employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated
pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for
future allocations under Contact Share.
Number outstandingContact Share
Balance at 1 July 2019319,841
Shares purchased and issued61,015
Transferred to employees(102,701)
Balance at 30 June 2020278,155
Shares purchased and issued87,741
Transferred to employees(98,234)
Balance at 30 June 2021267,662
These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 4 months
(2020: 1 year and 2 months).
Share-based compensation reserve
The movement in the share-based compensation reserve is reconciled below:
$mNote 20212020
Opening balance 810
Exercised share scheme awards (4)(6)
Share-based compensation expense 34
Current tax on share scheme – 2
Deferred tax on share scheme
E1
1 (2)
Closing balance 88
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
104
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
The share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the
awards granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest.
The air values of awards granted during the reporting period are:
Key inputs in determining the fair values are:
20212020
Risk-f ree interest rate0.1%1%
Expected dividend yield6%7%
Expected share price volatility25%18%
E11. Related parties
Simply Energy Limited
Simply Energy Limited (Simply) is based in Wellington, New Zealand
and provides energy solutions to independent generators, retailers and
commercial energy users.
Contact Energy Limited increased its shareholding in Simply to 100 per cent
on 31 August 2020, as part of its efforts to accelerate decarbonisation and
provide commercial and industrial customers with valuable, innovative energy
solutions. From this date, Simply became a subsidiary of Contact with its
results consolidated into the group.
In addition to the remaining $2 million payable for the initial 49.9 per cent
shareholding, $7 million is to be paid over the next 18 months. This will be
followed by a variable performance-based payment in December 2022 that
is linked to decarbonisation and earnings targets. Contact has recorded a
provision of $8 million for the performance payment reflecting its fair value
(possible range of $nil to $15 million).
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The table below summarises the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed at the date of acquisition.
$m2021
Cash and cash equivalents 1
Derivatives – asset 2
Receivables and prepayments 5
Property, plant and equipment 2
Inangible assets 8
Payables and accruals(5)
Derivatives – liability(2)
Deferred tax(2)
Total identifiable net assets acquired 8
Goodwill
The fair value of the existing investment and purchase consideration, less the
fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is reconciled below.
$m2021
Consideration for option to acquire15
Fair value of existing investment 10
Fair value of identifiable net assets(8)
Goodwill17
The goodwill is attributable mainly to the capabilities that Simply provides
and the synergies expected to be achieved f rom integrating Contact’s C&I
business with Simply’s innovative technology, data solutions and agile
customer engagement platform. None of the goodwill recognised is expected
to be deductible for tax purposes.
Western Energy Services Limited
On 31 March 2021, Contact Energy Limited acquired a 100 per cent
shareholding in Western Energy Services Limited (Western) for a purchase
price of $32 million. On that date, Western became a subsidiary as Contact
gained a controlling interest in the company.
0
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
8
9
DSRsContact SharePSRs
2021
2020
$ per
share
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
105
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021
Western is based in Taupō, New Zealand and provides geothermal well
services domestically and internationally. Working closely with Western allows
Contact to add to our geothermal capability and continue to be innovative in
geothermal technology development.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The table below summarises the provisional fair value of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition.
$m2021
Receivables and prepayments 3
Property, plant and equipment 8
Payables and accruals(2)
Total identifiable net assets acquired 8
Goodwill
The fair value of the purchase consideration less the fair value of the net
identifiable assets acquired has been provisionally recorded below.
$m2021
Consideration32
Fair value of identifiable net assets(8)
Provisional goodwill24
The goodwill is attributable mainly to synergies expected to be achieved
f rom integrating Western’s innovative geothermal technology and service
techniques, along with conventional well services, into Contact’s existing
steamfield operations. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be
deductible for tax purposes.
The purchase price allocation for Western will be finalised within 12 months
of the acquisition date, which may result in the allocation of a proportion
of provisional Goodwill to identifiable intangible assets such as brand and
intellectual property.
Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership
Contact owns a 16.5 per cent share of Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership
(Drylandcarbon) and at 30 June 2021 is committed to invest up to $9 million
over the next three years. Drylandcarbon is based in Wellington, New Zealand
and is focused on long-term carbon farming and afforestation on economically
marginal land in New Zealand, which will offset some of Contact’s carbon
obligations.
Drylandcarbon is accounted for as an associate, as Contact has significant
influence through its participation in Drylandcarbon’s financial and operating
policy decisions being equivalent to the other three foundational investors.
Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investment in
Drylandcarbon. The initial investments are recognised at cost and are
subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits or losses.
Related party transactions
Contact’s related parties also include its directors and leadership team (LT).
Transactions with Simply up until acquisition date are disclosed below.
Received/(paid) $m20212020
Simply Energy Limited
Electricity contracts12
Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership
Capital contributions(7)(4)
Key management personnel
Directors’ fees(1)(1)
LT – salary and other short-term benefits(5)(5)
LT – share-based compensation expense(1)(2)
Balances payable at end of the year
Key management personnel(2)–
Members of the leadership team and directors purchase goods and services
f rom Contact for domestic purposes on normal commercial terms and
conditions. For members of the leadership team this includes staff discount
available to all eligible employees.
E12. New accounting standards
There are no new accounting standards issued but not yet effective which
materially impact Contact.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
106
Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report
General
Our assurance procedures consisted of the audit of the Consolidated
Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited and limited assurance
procedures in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s selected Global Reporting
Initiative (‘GRI’) indicators within Contact Energy Limited’s Annual Report.
Our scope can be summarised as follows:
Consolidated Financial Statements
Audit Scope
Reasonable assurance
Selected GRI Indicators
Assurance Scope
Limited assurance
Other Information in Contact Energy Limited’s Annual Report
Consider consistency with Consolidated Financial Statements
No assurance
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the shareholders of Contact Energy Limited
Report on the audit of the consolidated financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying
consolidated financial statements
of Contact Energy Limited (the
’company’), the entities over which
it has control and its investment in
associate (the ‘group’) on pages 81 to 105:
• present fairly in all material respects
the Group’s financial position as
at 30 June 2021 and its financial
performance and cash flows for the
year ended on that date; and
• comply with New Zealand Equivalents
to International Financial Reporting
Standards and International Financial
Reporting Standards.
We have audited the accompanying
consolidated financial statements
which comprise:
• the consolidated statement of
financial position as at 30 June 2021;
• the consolidated statements of
comprehensive income, changes in
equity and cash flows for the year
then ended; and
• notes, including a summary of
significant accounting policies and
other explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (New Zealand) (‘ISAs (NZ)’). We believe that the audit evidence we
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
We are independent of the group in accordance with Professional and
Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners
(including International Independence Standards) issued by the New Zealand
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board and the International Ethics
Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics for Professional
Accountants (including International Independence Standards) (‘IESBA Code’),
and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with
these requirements and the IESBA Code.
Our responsibilities under ISAs (NZ) are further described in the auditor’s
responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial statements section
of our report.
Please refer to the section of our report entitled “Our independence and
quality control” below for detail of the other services we have provided to
the group.
Scoping
The scope of our audit is designed to ensure that we perform adequate work to
be able to give an opinion on the consolidated financial statements as a whole,
taking into account the structure of the group, the financial reporting systems,
processes and controls, and the industry in which it operates. The context for our
audit is set by the group’s major activities being wholesale electricity generation
and an electricity retailer in the financial year ended 30 June 2021.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality.
Materiality helped us to determine the nature, timing and extent of our audit
procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements, both individually
and on the consolidated financial statements as a whole. The materiality
for the consolidated financial statements as a whole was set at $10 million
determined with reference to a benchmark of group profit before tax.
We chose the benchmark because, in our view, this is a key measure of
the group’s performance.
Independent Auditor’s report
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
107
Independent Auditor’s report
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement,
were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial
statements in the current period. We summarise below those matters
and our key audit procedures to address those matters in order that the
shareholders as a body may better understand the process by which
we arrived at our audit opinion. Our procedures were undertaken in the
context of and solely for the purpose of our statutory audit opinion on the
consolidated financial statements as a whole and we do not express discrete
opinions on separate elements of the consolidated financial statements.
The key audit matterHow the matter was addressed in our audit
Future generation capital work in progress – Note C1 and C2 of the financial
statements
We considered the
recoverability of capital work in
progress, with a particular focus
on the Tauhara geothermal
project which is currently in
development.
We consider this a key audit
matter due to the recoverability
assessment being based on
Management’s intention for
continued investment in the
project; the impact of future
developments in the electricity
generation sector and the level
of judgement involved in the
assumptions modelled.
We satisfied ourselves that the recoverability
of Tauhara related capital work in progress was
supported by appropriate project plans, construction
contracts and modelled future cash flows at year end.
We considered Contact’s generation asset portfolio
strategy and known third-party future generation
developments and the potential impact of these on
the Tauhara project as well as the wholesale
generation market as a whole.
We tested the significant judgements in the Tauhara
project modelled cash flows by comparing:
• Forward electricity prices to external market data;
• Future generation volumes, operating costs
and asset renewal costs to budgets and signed
construction contracts; and
• The model’s discount rates to our own
independently determined rates.
We challenged the assumptions by performing
a sensitivity analysis, considering a range of likely
outcomes.
The key audit matterHow the matter was addressed in our audit
Carrying value of cash-generating units – Note C1 and C2 of the financial statements
The Group separates its business
into two cash-generating units
(CGUs) for the purpose of asset
impairment testing. The value
of each CGU, including any
allocated goodwill, is supported
by a discounted cash flow model
which is inherently subjective.
In terms of the Wholesale CGU
we focus on the generation
assets due to the significance
of the assets relative to the
Group’s financial position and
goodwill related to recent
acquisitions.
Our focus for the customer
CGU is the valuation of goodwill
of $179 million.
The key judgements in
determining the CGUs’ value
in use are: forward electricity
prices, future generation
volumes, customer transfer
price and margin, forecast
operating and asset costs, the
terminal growth rate and the
discount rate applied to the
future cash flows.
Our work to assess whether the Group should
recognise any impairment to the CGUs included
ensuring the methodology adopted in the model
is consistent with accepted valuation approaches.
We also assessed whether the modelled cash flows
appropriately reflect the Group’s strategy and budget.
We tested the significant judgements in the
modelled cash flows by comparing:
• forward electricity prices to external market
projections;
• future generation volumes to historical volumes;
• Customer transfer price and margin to budget and
historic data;
• operating costs and asset renewal costs to historical
levels and budgets; and
• the modelled terminal growth and discount rates
to our own independently determined rates.
We challenged the assumptions by performing
a sensitivity analysis, considering a range of likely
outcomes based on various scenarios. We are satisfied
that the key assumptions are within acceptable
ranges and in line with current market view.
As an overall test we compared the market-based
enterprise value of $7.2 billion to the Group’s
carrying value at 30 June 2021 of $4.1 billion.
Other information
The Directors, on behalf of the group, are responsible for the other information
included in the entity’s Annual Report. Other information includes Key
activity this year, Who we are, Creating value, Strategic themes, Strategic
enablers, Governance matters and Additional disclosures. Our opinion on
the consolidated financial statements does not cover any other information
and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements our
responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the consolidated
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise
appears materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed,
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information,
we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
108
Independent Auditor’s report
Use of this independent auditor’s report
This independent auditor’s report is made solely to the shareholders as
a body. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to
the shareholders those matters we are required to state to them in the
independent auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone
other than the shareholders as a body for our audit work, this independent
auditor’s report, or any of the opinions we have formed.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the consolidated
financial statements
The Directors, on behalf of the company, are responsible for:
• the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice in
New Zealand (being New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards) and International Financial Reporting Standards;
• implementing necessary internal control to enable the preparation of
a consolidated set of financial statements that is fairly presented and
f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error; and
• assessing the ability to continue as a going concern. This includes
disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate
or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated
financial statements
Our objective is:
• to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements as a whole are f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due
to f raud or error; and
• to issue an independent auditor’s report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee
that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ) will always detect a
material misstatement when it exists.
Misstatements can arise f rom f raud or error. They are considered material
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these
consolidated financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of these consolidated
financial statements is located at the External Reporting Board (XRB) website at:
http://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-
responsibilities/audit-report-1/
This description forms part of our independent auditor’s report.
Independent limited assurance report on the selected GRI
Indicators included in the Annual Report
To the Directors of Contact Energy Limited
Conclusion
Our limited assurance conclusion has been formed on the basis of the matters
outlined in this report.
Based on our limited assurance engagement, nothing has come to our attention
that would lead us to believe that the selected Global Reporting Initiative (‘GRI’)
indicators of Contact Energy Limited (the ‘company’) within the Annual Report have
not, in all material respects, been prepared in accordance with the Global Reporting
Initiative Standards ('GRI Standards'), for the period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2021.
Basis for conclusion
We have performed an engagement to provide limited assurance in relation
to whether anything has come to our attention to indicate the selected GRI
indicators have not been prepared in all material respects in accordance with
the GRI Standards for the year ended 30 June 2021.
The selected GRI indicators covered by this assurance report include:
102-8 Employee statistics (page 73–74)
303-3 Total water withdrawal by source (page 42)
303-4 Total water discharge by destination (page 42)
303-5 Total water consumption (page 42)
304-3 Habitats protected or restored (page 76)
403-9 Work-related injuries (page 71)
405-1 Gender, age and ethnicity statistics (page 73–74)
413-1 Community engagement and development (page 38)
308-2 Negative environmental impacts in the supply chain and actions
taken (page 71)
414-2 Negative social impacts in the supply chain and actions taken (page 71)
307-1 Non-compliance with environmental laws and regulations (page 38)
419-1 Non-compliance with laws and regulations in the social and economic
area (page 49)
418-1 Substantiated complaints concerning breaches of customer privacy
and losses of customer data (page 75)
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
109
Independent Auditor’s report
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with
International Standard on Assurance Engagements (New Zealand) 3000
(Revised) Assurance Engagements other than audits or reviews of historical
financial information and Standard on Assurance Engagements SAE 3100
(Revised) Assurance Engagements on Compliance. We believe that the
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our conclusion. In accordance with those standards we have:
• used our professional judgement to plan and perform the engagement to
obtain limited assurance that the information subject to assurance is f ree
f rom material non-compliance, whether due to f raud or error;
• considered relevant internal controls when designing our assurance
procedures, however we do not express a conclusion on the effectiveness
of these controls; and
• ensured that the engagement team possess the appropriate knowledge,
skills and professional competencies.
Use of this limited assurance report
Our report should not be regarded as suitable to be used or relied on by
any parties other than Contact Energy Limited for any purpose or in any
context. Any party other than Contact Energy Limited who obtains access
to our report or a copy thereof and chooses to rely on our report (or any part
thereof) will do so at its own risk.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we accept or assume no responsibility
and deny any liability to any party other than Contact Energy Limited for our
work, for this independent limited assurance report, or for the conclusions
we have reached.
Management’s responsibility for the GRI indicators
Management of the company are responsible for the preparation and
fair presentation of the selected GRI indicators in all material respects in
accordance with the GRI standards, and the information and assertions
contained within the Annual Report.
This responsibility includes determining the company’s objectives in respect
of sustainable development performance and reporting, including the
identification of stakeholders and material issues, and for establishing and
maintaining appropriate performance management and internal control
systems f rom which the reported performance information is derived.
Management is responsible for preventing and detecting f raud and
for identifying and ensuring that the company complies with laws and
regulations applicable to its activities.
Management is also responsible for ensuring that staff involved with the
preparation and presentation of the GRI indicators are properly trained,
information systems are properly updated and that any changes in reporting
encompass all significant business units.
Our responsibility
Our responsibility is to express a conclusion to the directors on whether
anything has come to our attention that the selected GRI indicators of
Contact Energy Limited have not, in all material respects, been prepared
in accordance with the GRI standards for the year ending 30 June 2021.
Procedures performed
A limited assurance engagement consists of making inquiries, primarily
of persons responsible for the preparation of information presented in
the selected GRI indicators, and applying analytical and other evidence
gathering procedures, as appropriate. These procedures included:
• Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of Contact Energy
Limited’s processes for determining the material issues for Contact Energy
Limited’s key stakeholder groups;
• Interviews with senior management and relevant staff concerning
sustainability strategy and policies for material issues, and the
implementation of these across the business;
• Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information
in the selected GRI indicators;
• Comparing the information presented in the selected GRI indicators to
corresponding information in the relevant underlying sources to determine
whether all the relevant information contained in such underlying sources
has been included in the GRI indicators; and
• Reading the information presented in the selected GRI indicators
to determine whether it is in line with our overall knowledge of, and
experience with, the sustainability performance of Contact Energy Limited.
The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary
in nature and timing f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable
assurance engagement, and consequently the level of assurance obtained
in a limited assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance
that would have been obtained has a reasonable assurance engagement
been performed.
Due to the inherent limitations of any internal control structure it is possible
that errors or irregularities in the information presented in the GRI indicators
may occur and not be detected. Our engagement is not designed to detect
all weaknesses in the internal controls over the preparation and presentation
of the GRI indicators, as the engagement has not been performed continuously
throughout the period and the procedures performed were undertaken on a
test basis.
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
110
Our independence and quality control
We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements
of Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for
Assurance Practitioners (Including International Independence Standards)
(New Zealand) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards
Board, which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivity,
professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional
behaviour.
The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 (Amended) and
accordingly maintains a comprehensive system of quality control including
documented policies and procedures regarding compliance with ethical
requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory
requirements.
Our firm has provided services to Contact Energy Limited in relation to
statutory audit, trustee reporting and other assurance for Greenhouse Gas
Emissions reporting, Green Borrowing Programme reporting and Global
Initiative Reporting indicators. Subject to certain restrictions, partners
and employees of our firm may also deal with the Contact Energy Limited
on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities of the
business of the Contact Energy Limited. These matters have not impaired
our independence as assurance providers of Contact Energy Limited for this
engagement. The firm has no other relationship with, or interest in, Contact
Energy Limited.
The partner on the engagement resulting in this Combined Independent
Auditor’s and Limited Assurance Report is Sonia Isaac.
Sonia Isaac
KPMG
Wellington
13 August 2021
Independent Auditor’s report
Corporate directory
Contact
INTEGRATED
REPORT
2021
Contents
Corporate directory
Board of Directors
Robert McDonald (Chair)
Victoria Crone
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Jon Macdonald
David Smol
Elena Trout
Dame Therese Walsh
Leadership team
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Jack Ariel
General Manager Major Projects
Jan Bibby
Chief People Officer
Dorian Devers
Chief Financial Officer
Jacqui Nelson
Chief Generation Officer
Catherine Thompson
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer and General Counsel
Matt Bolton
[acting] Chief Customer Officer
Iain Gauld
Chief Information Officer (acting on LT)
Registered office
Contact Energy Limited
Harbour City Tower
29 Brandon Street
Wellington 6011
New Zealand
T +64 4 499 4001
Find us on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn and
YouTube by searching for Contact Energy
Company numbers
NZ Incorporation 660760
ABN 68 080 480 477
Auditor
KPMG
PO Box 996
Wellington 6140
Registry
Change of address, payment instructions and
investment portfolios can be viewed and updated
online:
investorcentre.linkmarketservices.co.nz
investorcentre.linkmarketservices.com.au
New Zealand Registry
Link Market Services Limited
PO Box 91976, Auckland 1142
Level 30, PWC Tower
15 Customs Street West
Auckland, 1010
contactenergy@linkmarketservices.co.nz
T + 64 9 375 5998
Australian Registry
Link Market Services Limited,
Locked Bag A14, Sydney
South, NSW 1235
680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000
contactenergy@linkmarketservices.com.au
T +61 2 8280 7111
Investor relations enquiries
Matthew Forbes
GM Corporate Finance
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Sustainability enquiries
Nakia Randle
Sustainability Advisor
nakia.randle@contactenergy.co.nz
111
contact.co.nz
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.